2. 善慧佛发愿故事的注释显示巴利原文
2. Sumedhapatthanākathāvaṇṇanā
在十万劫又四阿僧祇劫之前,有一座名为不死的美妙悦意城。至此,已进入以“我等”开头的《佛种姓经》注释范围。然而,这部《佛种姓经》的注释,是先审察“经文安立方式”——即经典依何种因缘而宣说的分类——再展开的,因此首先要明了“经文安立方式”。经文安立方式有四种:随自意乐、随他意乐、因问而起、因事而发。其中,有些经是世尊在无人祈请之下,纯粹随顺自己的意乐而宣说的,如《若希望经》、《衣经》等,这类经的安立方式即为“随自意乐”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kappe ca satasahasse, caturo ca asaṅkhiye;
“随他意乐”是指,世尊观察他人的意乐、容忍度、内心倾向与领受能力之后,随顺其意乐而说法。如经中说:“罗睺罗的那些法已经成熟,堪能助其解脱,我现在应再教导罗睺罗,令他断尽一切烦恼。”譬如《教诫罗睺罗经》、《转法轮经》等,这类经的安立方式即为“随他意乐”。显示巴利原文
Amaraṃ nāma nagaraṃ, dassaneyyaṃ manorama’’nti. –
“因问而起”是指,众多天人与世人来到世尊面前提问,世尊因被问而宣说法。例如《诸天相应经》、《觉支相应经》等,这类经的安立方式即为“因问而起”。显示巴利原文
Ādinayappavattāya buddhavaṃsavaṇṇanāya okāso anuppatto. Sā panesā buddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā yasmā suttanikkhepaṃ vicāretvā vuccamānā pākaṭā hoti, tasmā suttanikkhepavicāraṇā tāva veditabbā. Cattāro hi suttanikkhepā attajjhāsayo parajjhāsayo pucchāvasiko aṭṭhuppattikoti. Tattha yāni suttāni bhagavā parehi anajjhiṭṭho kevalaṃ attano ajjhāsayena kathesi. Seyyathidaṃ – ākaṅkheyyasuttaṃ (ma. ni. 1.64 ādayo) vatthasuttanti (ma. ni. 1.70 ādayo) evamādīni, tesaṃ attajjhāsayo nikkhepo.
又或,观察他人之意乐、堪忍、心智与觉悟状况后,为随顺他人意乐而宣说的经典,例如世尊观察到“罗睺罗的解脱成熟之法已圆满,我今应当教导罗睺罗更上层楼,断尽诸漏”(相应部 4.121),如此而说《罗睺罗教诫经》,以及《转法轮经》等。显示巴利原文
Yāni vā pana ‘‘paripakkā kho rāhulassa vimuttiparipācanīyā dhammā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ rāhulaṃ uttariṃ āsavānaṃ khaye vineyya’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.121) evaṃ paresaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ khantiṃ manaṃ bujjhanakabhāvañca oloketvā parajjhāsayavasena kathitāni. Seyyathidaṃ – rāhulovādasuttaṃdhammacakkappavattanasuttanti (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 13 ādayo; paṭi. ma. 2.30) evamādīni, tesaṃ parajjhāsayo nikkhepo.
诸多天神与世人来到世尊面前,提出各自的问题。世尊应如此所问,讲说了《天相应》(相应部 1.1 等)、《觉支相应》(相应部 5.182 等)等经典,这些经典的安立方式即为“因问而安立”。显示巴利原文
Bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā te te devamanussā pañhaṃ pucchanti. Evaṃ puṭṭhena pana bhagavatā yāni kathitāni devatāsaṃyutta (saṃ. ni. 1.1 ādayo) bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttādīni (saṃ. ni. 5.182 ādayo) tesaṃ pucchāvasiko nikkhepo.
「具有大智慧的舍利弗」,通达定与禅那,显示巴利原文
Yāni vā pana uppannaṃ kāraṇaṃ paṭicca desitāni dhammadāyāda- (ma. ni. 1.29 ādayo) puttamaṃsūpamādīni (saṃ. ni. 2.63), tesaṃ aṭṭhuppattiko nikkhepo. Evametesu catūsu suttanikkhepesu imassa buddhavaṃsassa pucchāvasiko nikkhepo. Pucchāvasena hi bhagavatā ayaṃ nikkhitto. Kassa pucchāvasena? Āyasmato sāriputtattherassa. Vuttañhetaṃ asmiṃ nidānasmiṃ eva –
具足大智慧的舍利弗,于禅定与诸禅那善巧通达;
他以智慧到达彼岸,向世间导师请问。以上为序,由此可知,这部《佛种姓》的开示是“因问而起”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido; Paññāya pāramippatto, pucchati lokanāyakaṃ;
在这里,“在十万劫中”(kappe ca satasahasseti)这一句里的「劫」(kappa)这个词,在深信、惯用语、时间、施设、截断、选择、少许、周围、寿劫、大劫等用法中都会被看到。确实如此,在“这确实可相信,乔达摩尊者,正如对阿拉汉、正自觉者那样”等句子(《中部》1.387)中,它出现在「深信」的用法里。在“诸比丘,我允许以五种沙门式享用果实”等句子(《小品》250)中,出现在「惯用语」里。在“我恒常地依此而住”等句子(《中部》1.387)中,出现在「时间」里。在“此尊者‘劫’”(《经集》1098)以及“他名叫尼果达咖波,世尊,这是您为那婆罗门所起的”等句子(《经集》346)中,出现在「施设」(命名)里。在“善加修饰,已修剪须发”等句子(《本生》2.22.1368)中,出现在「截断」里。在“两指量的选择是允许的”等句子(《小品》446)中,出现在「选择」里。在“有机会躺下”等句子(《增支部》8.80)中,出现在「少许」里。在“唯有一劫天照亮整个祇园”等句子中,出现在「周围」(遍满)里。在“尊者世尊,愿住一劫,愿善逝住一劫”(《长部》2.178)中,这是指「寿劫」。在“尊者,一劫有多长呢?”(《相应部》2.128-129)中,这是指「大劫」。通过“等等”这个词,在“据说我们与导师相似的声闻交谈时竟不知”等句子(《中部》1.260)中,它出现在「类似」(仿冒)的用法里。在“选择丢失,所作的处理变旧”等句子(《波逸提》371)中,这是律藏中的「劫」。不过在这里,应该把它看作「大劫」。因此,“在十万劫中”的意思是“在十万个大劫中”。“以及四不可数”(Caturo ca asaṅkhyeyi)这句,应视为省略了“在四不可数之顶”这样的词语。它的意思是:在超过十万劫的四不可数劫之顶。名为「阿玛拉」的城市:就是指得到了“阿玛拉”和“阿玛拉瓦蒂”之名的城市。虽然这里有些人用其他方式来解释,但那又有什么用呢?这不过是那个城市的名字罢了。「美丽」(dassaneyya):因为它布置巧妙,有种种壮丽的广场、城门、十字路口、围墙、护城河、宫殿、高楼和房舍,装饰得非常好,所以称为美丽。「令人愉悦」(manorama):由于地面平坦洁净、极其怡人,树荫和水源充足,食物容易获得,一切资具齐全,各方面都圆满成就,能让天神、人类等感到内心欢喜,所以称为令人愉悦。显示巴利原文
Kīdiso te mahāvīra, abhinīhāro naruttamā’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 1.74-75) –
以上为开头。由此可知,这部《佛种姓》的教说是“以提问所摄”,也就是通过提问的方式来展开的。显示巴利原文
Ādi. Tenesā buddhavaṃsadesanā pucchāvasikāti veditabbā.
在这里,“在十万劫中”(kappe ca satasahasseti)这一句里的「劫」(kappa)这个词,在深信、惯用语、时间、施设、截断、选择、少许、周围、寿劫、大劫等用法中都会被看到。确实如此,在“这确实可相信,乔达摩尊者,正如对阿拉汉、正自觉者那样”等句子(《中部》1.387)中,它出现在「深信」的用法里。在“诸比丘,我允许以五种沙门式享用果实”等句子(《小品》250)中,出现在「惯用语」里。在“我恒常地依此而住”等句子(《中部》1.387)中,出现在「时间」里。在“此尊者‘劫’”(《经集》1098)以及“他名叫尼果达咖波,世尊,这是您为那婆罗门所起的”等句子(《经集》346)中,出现在「施设」(命名)里。在“善加修饰,已修剪须发”等句子(《本生》2.22.1368)中,出现在「截断」里。在“两指量的选择是允许的”等句子(《小品》446)中,出现在「选择」里。在“有机会躺下”等句子(《增支部》8.80)中,出现在「少许」里。在“唯有一劫天照亮整个祇园”等句子中,出现在「周围」(遍满)里。在“尊者世尊,愿住一劫,愿善逝住一劫”(《长部》2.178)中,这是指「寿劫」。在“尊者,一劫有多长呢?”(《相应部》2.128-129)中,这是指「大劫」。通过“等等”这个词,在“据说我们与导师相似的声闻交谈时竟不知”等句子(《中部》1.260)中,它出现在「类似」(仿冒)的用法里。在“选择丢失,所作的处理变旧”等句子(《波逸提》371)中,这是律藏中的「劫」。不过在这里,应该把它看作「大劫」。因此,“在十万劫中”的意思是“在十万个大劫中”。“以及四不可数”(Caturo ca asaṅkhyeyi)这句,应视为省略了“在四不可数之顶”这样的词语。它的意思是:在超过十万劫的四不可数劫之顶。名为「阿玛拉」的城市:就是指得到了“阿玛拉”和“阿玛拉瓦蒂”之名的城市。虽然这里有些人用其他方式来解释,但那又有什么用呢?这不过是那个城市的名字罢了。「美丽」(dassaneyya):因为它布置巧妙,有种种壮丽的广场、城门、十字路口、围墙、护城河、宫殿、高楼和房舍,装饰得非常好,所以称为美丽。「令人愉悦」(manorama):由于地面平坦洁净、极其怡人,树荫和水源充足,食物容易获得,一切资具齐全,各方面都圆满成就,能让天神、人类等感到内心欢喜,所以称为令人愉悦。显示巴利原文
Tattha kappe ca satasahasseti ettha kappa-saddo panāyaṃ abhisaddahanavohārakālapaññattichedanavikappanalesasamantabhāvaāyukappamahākappādīsu dissati. Tathā hi ‘‘okappanīyametaṃ bhoto gotamassa. Yathā taṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) abhisaddahane dissati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahi samaṇakappehi phalaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti evamādīsu (cūḷava. 250) vohāre. ‘‘Yena sudaṃ niccakappaṃ viharāmī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) kāle. ‘‘Iccāyasmā kappo’’ti (su. ni. 1098; cūḷani. kappamāṇavapucchā 117; kappamāṇavapucchāniddesa 61) ca, ‘‘nigrodhakappo iti tassa nāmaṃ, tayā kataṃ bhagavā brāhmaṇassā’’ti ca evamādīsu (su. ni. 346) paññattiyaṃ. ‘‘Alaṅkato kappitakesamassū’’ti evamādīsu (jā. 2.22.1368) chedane. ‘‘Kappati dvaṅgulakappo’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 446) vikappe. ‘‘Atthi kappo nipajjitu’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 8.80) lese. ‘‘Kevalakappaṃ jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā’’tiādīsu samantabhāve. ‘‘Tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappa’’nti (dī. ni. 2.178; udā. 51) ettha āyukappe. ‘‘Kīva dīgho nu kho, bhante, kappo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.128-129) ettha mahākappe. Ādisaddena ‘‘satthukappena vata kira, bho, mayaṃ sāvakena saddhiṃ mantayamānā na jānimhā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.260) ettha paṭibhāge. ‘‘Kappo naṭṭho hoti. Kappakatokāso jiṇṇo hotī’’ti (pāci. 371) ettha vinayakappe. Idha pana mahākappe daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā kappe ca satasahasseti mahākappānaṃ satasahassānanti attho (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.29; 3.275; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.1; a. ni. aṭṭha. 2.3.128; khu. pā. aṭṭha. 5.maṅgalasutta, evamiccādipāṭhavaṇṇanā; su. ni. aṭṭha. 2.maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanā; cariyā. aṭṭha. nidānakathā.1; cūḷani. aṭṭha. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesavaṇṇanā). Caturo ca asaṅkhiyeti ‘‘catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake’’ti vacanaseso daṭṭhabbo. Kappasatasahassādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthaketi attho. Amaraṃ nāma nagaranti ‘‘amara’’nti ca ‘‘amaravatī’’ti ca laddhanāmaṃ nagaraṃ ahosi. Keci panettha aññenāpi pakārena vaṇṇayanti, kiṃ tehi, nāmamattaṃ panetaṃ tassa nagarassa. Dassaneyyanti suvibhattavicitra-caccaradvāra-catukkasiṅghāṭika-pākāra-parikkhepapāsāda- hammiya-bhavana-samalaṅkatattā dassanīyaṃ. Manoramanti samasuciparamaramaṇīyabhūmibhāgattā chāyūdakasampannattā sulabhāhārattā sabbopakaraṇayuttattā ca samiddhattā devamanussādīnaṃ mano ramayatīti manoramaṃ.
“以十种声音而不静寂”:即象声、马声、车声、大鼓声、螺贝声、腰鼓声、琴声、歌声、铙钹声,以及“请享用!请饮用!请咀嚼!”这第十种声音。以此十种声音,这座城市不静寂,意思是说,一切时间都有无与伦比的节庆、集会和戏剧表演在进行。“饭食与水相杂”:即由四种食物组成的饮食圆满地结合,这是为了显示丰足,意指有许多饭食与水饮相杂。显示巴利原文
Dasahi saddehi avivittanti hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena saṅkhasaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena sammatāḷasaddena ‘‘bhuñjatha pivatha khādathā’’ti dasamena saddenāti; imehi dasahi saddehi avivittaṃ ahosi, sabbakālaṃ anupamussavasamajjanāṭakā kīḷantīti attho. Annapānasamāyutanti annena catubbidhenāhārena ca pānena ca suṭṭhu āyutaṃ annapānasamāyutaṃ, iminā subhikkhatā dassitā, bahuannapānasamāyutanti attho.
现在,为从事相上说明这十种声音——显示巴利原文
Idāni te dasa sadde vatthuto dassanatthaṃ –
‘‘Hatthisaddaṃ assasaddaṃ, bherisaṅkharathāni ca; Khādatha pivatha ceva, annapānena ghosita’’nti. – vuttaṃ;
此处,“象声”是指大象的鸣叫声;当知这是表工具义的受格(业格)。其余各词也可同理类推。“鼓、螺、车”即指以鼓声、螺声和车声。此处以语法变体的方式表述,所谓“嚼吧,喝吧”等与饮食相关的声音喧腾嘈杂,这便是它的意思。有人问:“那么,这些声音只显示了一部分,并未显示全部吗?”并非只显示一部分,完整的十种声音皆已显示。何以故?因为在鼓声中已包含了腰鼓声,在螺声中已包含了琴声、歌声和铙钹声,因此十种声音皆已显示。显示巴利原文
Tattha hatthisaddanti hatthīnaṃ koñcanādasaddena, karaṇatthe upayogavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Esa nayo sesapadesupi. Bherisaṅkharathāni cāti bherisaddena ca saṅkhasaddena ca rathasaddena cāti attho. Liṅgavipariyāsena vuttaṃ, ‘khādatha pivathā’ti evamādinayappavattena annapānapaṭisaṃyuttena ghositaṃ abhināditanti attho. Etthāha – tesaṃ pana saddānaṃ ekadesova dassito, na sakaloti? Na ekadeso sakalo dasavidho dassitova. Kathaṃ? Bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddo saṅgahito, saṅkhasaddena vīṇāgītasammatāḷasaddā saṅgahitāti daseva dassitā.
如此,以一种角度描述了城市的成就之后,为再度显示它,便说:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ekena pariyāyena nagarasampattiṃ vaṇṇetvā puna tameva dassetuṃ –
那座城一切支分无不圆满,一切工艺无不具备,七宝具足,聚集了种种人众;
其繁荣犹如天城,乃福德者之住处。如是所说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nagaraṃ sabbaṅgasampannaṃ, sabbakammamupāgataṃ, sattaratanasampannaṃ, nānājanasamākulaṃ; Samiddhaṃ devanagaraṃva, āvāsaṃ puññakammina’’nti. – vuttaṃ;
“具足一切支分”:指城墙、城门、塔楼等一切城郭支分无不具足;或说一切资具、财富、谷物、草薪与水等悉皆圆满无缺。“一切事业皆成就”:指一切种种事业皆已完备,亦即一切工艺技术无不具足。“七宝具足”:指珍珠等七宝圆满;又因此是转轮圣王所居之地,故以象宝等七宝而具足。“杂沓种种人”:指聚集了来自不同地方、操不同方言的众人。“繁荣”:指人们所能享用的一切资具丰足兴隆。“如天城”:意谓如阿拉卡曼达、阿摩罗瓦蒂等天城一般繁荣。“福德者之住处”:由于有福德者在此居住,故称为住处(āvāsa)。应知,原本当作“āvāso”,此处以词性变化而说为“āvāsa”。“福德”:因能通过家族、相貌、大受用、自在而显扬,故称福德;或因能净化,故称福德。因能除去一切善法的垢秽,那些拥有如此福德业者即名“福德者”;此言此是他们福德者之住处。显示巴利原文
Tattha sabbaṅgasampannanti pākāragopuraṭṭālakādisabbanagarāvayavasampannaṃ, paripuṇṇasabbavittūpakaraṇadhanadhaññatiṇakaṭṭhodakanti vā attho. Sabbakammamupāgatanti sabbakammantena upagataṃ, samupagatasabbakammantanti attho. Sattaratanasampannanti paripuṇṇamuttādisattaratanaṃ, cakkavattinivāsabhūmito vā hatthiratanādīhi sattaratanehi sampannaṃ. Nānājanasamākulanti nānāvidhadesabhāsehi janehi samākulaṃ. Samiddhanti manussopabhogasabbopakaraṇehi samiddhaṃ phītaṃ. Devanagaraṃ vāti devanagaraṃ viya ālakamandā viya amaravatī samiddhanti vuttaṃ hoti. Āvāsaṃ puññakamminanti āvasanti ettha puññakammino janāti āvāso. ‘‘Āvāso’’ti vattabbe ‘‘āvāsa’’nti liṅgabhedaṃ katvā vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Paññāyati tenāti puññaṃ, kularūpamahābhogissariyavasena paññāyatīti attho. Punātīti vā puññaṃ. Sabbakusalamalarajāpavāhakattā puññaṃ kammaṃ yesaṃ atthi te puññakammino, tesaṃ puññakamminaṃ āvāsabhūtanti attho.
当时,有一位名叫善慧的婆罗门住在那里。他从母系和父系两方面都是纯正出身,七代以来的血统清净无瑕,从未因出身论而受到非难或轻蔑。他容貌俊美,令人悦目,庄严端正,具足最为殊胜的容色。他通晓三部吠陀,连同语汇、仪轨、音韵、语法,以及第五的古史传说;他是一位辞章明了的教师,语法上无懈可击,于世间的论典与大人相中皆获得成就。在他尚年幼时,父母便去世了。当时,一位替他管理财产的辅臣拿来账册,打开堆满金钱、银、摩尼、珍珠等种种珍宝的库房后,对他说:‘孩子,这些是你母亲的财物,这些是你父亲的,这些是你祖父、曾祖父的……’——如此一直数到第七代祖先,将财产禀明后,交付给他:‘这一切,都由你来继承。’他回答‘好的’,接受了财产,然后广行福德,过着在家的生活。因此说道:显示巴利原文
Tattha sumedho nāma brāhmaṇo paṭivasati ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko yāva sattamā kulaparivaṭṭā akkhitto anupakuṭṭho jātivādena, abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato, so tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū ahosi sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ padako veyyākaraṇo anavayo lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu. Tassa pana daharakāleyeva mātāpitaro kālamakaṃsu. Athassa rāsivaḍḍhako amacco āyapotthakaṃ āharitvā suvaṇṇarajatamaṇimuttādivividharatanabharite gabbhe vivaritvā – ‘‘etthakaṃ te, kumāra, mātu santakaṃ, etthakaṃ pitu santakaṃ, etthakaṃ ayyakapayyakāna’’nti yāva sattamā kulaparivaṭṭā dhanaṃ ācikkhitvā – ‘‘etaṃ paṭipajjāhī’’ti niyyātesi. So ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā puññāni karonto agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Tena vuttaṃ –
在阿摩罗瓦蒂城中,有位名叫善慧的婆罗门;
他积聚了无量俱胝财富,钱财谷物极为丰饶。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nagare amaravatiyā, sumedho nāma brāhmaṇo; Anekakoṭisannicayo, pahūtadhanadhaññavā.
‘‘Ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū; Lakkhaṇe itihāse ca, sadhamme pāramiṃ gato’’ti.
其中,“于阿摩罗瓦蒂城”是指在名为阿摩罗瓦蒂的城市里。“名为善慧”:此处“medhā”指慧,他的智慧优越而可赞,故称“善慧”。“婆罗门”:修习梵、学习梵的人称为婆罗门,意思是讽诵咒语的人。而文字论师们说“梵天之子即是婆罗门”,圣者们则说“已断除罪恶者,方名为婆罗门”。“积聚无量俱胝财”:“俱胝的积聚”名为“俱胝积聚”,他具有无量的俱胝积聚,意指拥有无可计数的俱胝财富积聚。“拥有众多的财富与谷物”:指拥有丰足的钱财与谷物。应知前一句是就藏于地下库房的钱财与谷物而言,这一句是就日常受用的钱财与谷物而言。显示巴利原文
Tattha nagare amaravatiyāti amaravatīsaṅkhāte nagare. Sumedho nāmāti ettha ‘‘medhā’’ti paññā vuccati. Sā tassa sundarā pasatthāti sumedhoti paññāyittha. Brāhmaṇoti brahmaṃ aṇati sikkhatīti brāhmaṇo, mante sajjhāyatīti attho . Akkharacintakā pana ‘‘brahmuno apaccaṃ brāhmaṇo’’ti vadanti. Ariyā pana bāhitapāpattā brāhmaṇāti. Anekakoṭisannicayoti koṭīnaṃ sannicayo koṭisannicayo, aneko koṭisannicayo yassa soyaṃ anekakoṭisannicayo, anekakoṭi dhanasannicayoti attho. Pahūtadhanadhaññavāti bahuladhanadhaññavā. Purimaṃ bhūmigatagabbhagatadhanadhaññavasena vuttaṃ, idaṃ niccaparibhogūpagatadhanadhaññavasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
“诵咒者”:不修习禅那之人,称为“诵咒者”,意即缺乏禅那的修习。正如经中所说:“如今这些人不修习禅那。‘如今这些人不修习禅那,婆悉吒,他们就被称为诵咒者、诵咒者’,由此产生了这第三个名称。”(《长部》3.132)在最初劫的时代,对那些没有禅那的婆罗门生起了这样的斥责语。如今,人们将诵习咒语的人叫作“诵咒者”,以“转动咒语的人”这一涵义作为赞叹语而通用。能持咒的人称为“持咒者”。“通达三吠陀”是指对《梨俱吠陀》《夜柔吠陀》《沙磨吠陀》三吠陀完全通达。这里的“吠陀”(veda)一词,可见于智慧、喜悦、典籍等语境。例如在“若知其为通达吠陀的婆罗门,无所拥有,于欲有中不染着”(《经集》1065)等句中,出现于智慧之义;在“那些对吠陀生起喜悦而游历世间的人”(《增支部》4.57)等句中,出现于喜悦之义;在“通达三吠陀,并通晓词汇、仪轨……”(《长部》1.256)等句中,出现于典籍之义。在此处也指典籍(《中部义注》1.75)。“到达彼岸”:仅仅通过以唇舌诵读的方式,便抵达了三吠陀的终点。显示巴利原文
Ajjhāyakoti na jhāyatīti ajjhāyako, jhānabhāvanārahitoti attho. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘na dānime jhāyantīti. Na dānime jhāyantīti kho, vāseṭṭha, ‘ajjhāyakā ajjhāyakā’ tveva tatiyaṃ akkharaṃ upanibbatta’’nti (dī. ni. 3.132) evaṃ paṭhamakappikakāle jhānavirahitānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ garahavacanaṃ uppannaṃ. Idāni mantaṃ jhāyatīti ajjhāyako, mante parivattetīti iminā atthena pasaṃsavacanaṃ katvā voharanti. Mante dhāretīti mantadharo. Tiṇṇaṃ vedānanti iruvedayajuvedasāmavedānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ. Ayaṃ pana veda-saddo ñāṇasomanassaganthesu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘yaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vedagumābhijaññā, akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asatta’’ntiādīsu (su. ni. 1065) ñāṇe dissati. ‘‘Ye vedajātā vicaranti loke’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.57) somanasse. ‘‘Tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhāna’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.256) ganthe. Idhāpi ganthe (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.75). Pāragūti tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ oṭṭhapahatakaraṇamattena pāraṃ gatoti pāragū. Lakkhaṇeti itthilakkhaṇapurisalakkhaṇamahāpurisalakkhaṇādike lakkhaṇe. Itihāseti itiha āsa, itiha āsāti īdisavacanapaṭisaṃyutte purāṇasaṅkhāte ganthavisese. Sadhammeti brāhmaṇānaṃ sake dhamme, sake ācariyake vā. Pāramiṃ gatoti pāraṃ gato, disāpāmokkho ācariyo ahosīti attho.
后来有一天,这位以十种功德令众人敬重的智者——善慧智者,独自在楼上殊胜的静室中,结跏趺坐,这样思惟:“后有的结生,确实是苦;不论生在何处,身体也终归坏灭。我自身具足生法、老法、病法、死法。既然处在这种状况中,我便应当寻求那无生、无老、无病、无死、清凉安乐的涅槃。必须从这存在的牢狱中解脱出来,走上那唯一通往涅槃的道路。”因此说道:显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ so dasaguṇagaṇārādhitapaṇḍito sumedhapaṇḍito uparipāsādavaratale rahogato hutvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisinno cintesi – ‘‘punabbhave paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ nāma dukkhaṃ, tathā nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne sarīrabhedanaṃ, ahañca jātidhammo, jarādhammo, byādhidhammo, maraṇadhammo, evaṃbhūtena mayā ajātiṃ ajaraṃ abyādhiṃ amaraṇaṃ sukhaṃ sivaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesituṃ vaṭṭati, avassaṃ bhavacārakato muccitvā nibbānagāminā ekena maggena bhavitabba’’nti. Tena vuttaṃ –
‘‘Rahogato nisīditvā, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā;
所谓后有即是苦,身体的坏灭亦然。显示巴利原文
Dukkho punabbhavo nāma, sarīrassa ca bhedanaṃ.
‘‘Jātidhammo jarādhammo, byādhidhammo sahaṃ tadā; Ajaraṃ amaraṃ khemaṃ, pariyesissāmi nibbutiṃ.
“若能舍离这腐臭的身体,它充满种种不净,”
无所期待、无所需求而离去。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃnūnimaṃ pūtikāyaṃ, nānākuṇapapūritaṃ; Chaḍḍayitvāna gaccheyyaṃ, anapekkho anatthiko.
那条道路必定存在,不可能没有它的因缘;
我将寻找那条从有中解脱的道路。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Atthi hehiti so maggo, na so sakkā na hetuye; Pariyesissāmi taṃ maggaṃ, bhavato parimuttiyā’’ti.
现在,我们先阐明偈颂间的关联与难解词句的含义,再进入正文。其中,「独处」指独自一人在静处安坐。「我这样想」,即“我如此思惟”。「这样」是显示思惟方式的词。「那时」,指善慧贤者所处的那时。世尊以“我这样想”这句话,将自己与善慧贤者视为同一。因此,为了说明“那时的善慧即是我”,世尊便以上人的身分说“我那时这样想”。「生法」指具有生起本质的法,其余诸词亦可依此理解。「寂止」即是涅槃。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana gāthāsambandhañca anuttānapadānamatthañca vatvāva gamissāma. Tattha rahogatoti rahasi gato, rahasi ṭhāne nisinno. Evaṃ cintesahanti evaṃ cintesiṃ ahaṃ. Evanti iminā cintanākāraṃ dasseti. Tadāti tasmiṃ sumedhapaṇḍitakāle. ‘‘Evaṃ cintesaha’’nti bhagavā iminā attanā saddhiṃ sumedhapaṇḍitaṃ ekattaṃ karoti. Tasmā tadā so sumedho ahamevāti pakāsento ‘‘evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā’’ti bhagavā uttamapurisavasenāha. Jātidhammoti jātisabhāvo. Esa nayo sesapadesupi. Nibbutinti nibbānaṃ.
「若能」是一个表达寻思意味的助词,意为“如果、假如”。「腐臭身」指此腐败臭秽的身体。「充满种种不净」是说它充满了屎、尿、脓、血、胆汁、痰、唾液、鼻涕等种种不净物。「无期待」即毫无留恋,无有所著。「存在」意为必定可得,可以寻见。「会有」指将会存在,此词亦带有寻思的意味。「不可能无其因」意思是:那解脱之道,不可能没有它的因。也就是说,此道作为因,并非无因,而是确有它的因。「从有中解脱」指从‘有’的束缚中获得解脱。显示巴利原文
Yaṃnūnāti parivitakkanatthe nipāto, yadi panāhanti attho. Pūtikāyanti pūtibhūtaṃ kāyaṃ. Nānākuṇapapūritanti mutta-karīsa-pubbalohita-pitta-semha-kheḷasiṅghāṇikādianekakuṇapapūritaṃ. Anapekkhoti anālayo. Atthīti avassaṃ upalabbhati. Hehitīti bhavissati, parivitakkanavacanamidaṃ. Na so sakkā na hetuyeti tena maggena na sakkā na bhavituṃ. So pana maggo hetuyeti hetubhāvāya na na hoti, hetuyevāti attho. Bhavato parimuttiyāti bhavabandhanavimuttiyāti attho.
现在,为成立自己所思择的意义,便说出以“犹如”开端的偈颂。正如世间中有与苦对立的乐,同样,当“有”存在时,就应有与之对立的“非有”存在;又如热存在时,便有清凉以止息热,同样,也应有通过止息贪等烦恼之火而达到的涅槃;又如,有恶的、低劣的法存在,那么与之对立的善的、无过失的法也必然存在;同样,当有邪恶的“生”存在时,也必定有通过断除一切生、名为“无生”的涅槃。因此,这样说:显示巴利原文
Idāni attanā parivitakkitamatthaṃ sampādayituṃ ‘‘yathāpī’’ti ādimāha. Yathā hi loke dukkhassa paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ sukhaṃ nāma atthi, evaṃ bhave sati tappaṭipakkhena vibhavenāpi bhavitabbaṃ , yathā ca uṇhe sati tassa vūpasamabhūtaṃ sītalampi atthi, evaṃ rāgādiaggīnaṃ vūpasamena nibbānena bhavitabbaṃ. Yathā ca pāpassa lāmakassa dhammassa paṭipakkhabhūto kalyāṇo anavajjadhammopi atthiyeva, evameva pāpikāya jātiyā sati sabbajātikhepanato ajātisaṅkhātena nibbānenāpi bhavitabbamevāti. Tena vuttaṃ –
犹如苦存在时,名为乐者亦存在;
同样地,当「有」存在时,「非有」也应当被希求。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi dukkhe vijjante, sukhaṃ nāmapi vijjati; Evaṃ bhave vijjamāne, vibhavopicchitabbako.
譬如,炎热存在时,另一种清凉也存在;
正如三种火存在时,涅槃亦应被希求。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi uṇhe vijjante, aparaṃ vijjati sītalaṃ; Evaṃ tividhaggi vijjante, nibbānaṃ icchitabbakaṃ.
正如恶存在时,善亦存在;
同样地,当‘生’尚存之时,也应希求‘无生’。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi pāpe vijjante, kalyāṇamapi vijjati; Evameva jāti vijjante, ajātipicchitabbaka’’nti.
此处,“犹如”是表示譬喻义的不变词。“乐”指身心的乐受,又因能善加挖掘、破坏痛苦,故称为乐。“有”指生起,“无有”指不生。当生起尚存之时,亦应希求那不生之法。“三种火存在”,意为贪等三种火存在时。“涅槃”指那三种贪等之火的熄灭,同时涅槃本身也应当被希求。“恶”指不善、低劣之法,“善亦”则是说善法也应当被希求。“同样”即以同样的方式。“生存在”意为当生存在之时,这是通过词性变化并省略格位来表达的。“无生”即生的断除,也就是无生的涅槃,这也应当被希求。显示巴利原文
Tattha yathāpīti opammatthe nipāto. Sukhanti kāyikacetasikasukhaṃ, suṭṭhu dukkhaṃ khaṇatīti sukhaṃ. Bhaveti janane. Vibhavoti ajananaṃ, janane vijjamāne ajananadhammopi icchitabbo. Tividhaggi vijjanteti tividhe rāgādike aggimhi vijjamāneti attho. Nibbānanti tassa tividhassa rāgādiaggissa nibbāpanaṃ upasamanaṃ nibbānañca icchitabbaṃ. Pāpeti akusale lāmake. Kalyāṇamapīti kusalamapi. Evamevāti evamevaṃ. Jāti vijjanteti jātiyā vijjamānāyāti attho. Liṅgabhedañca vibhattilopañca katvā vuttaṃ. Ajātipīti jātikhepanaṃ ajātinibbānampi icchitabbaṃ.
那时,我又进一步这样思惟:“譬如有人陷没粪堆之中,从远处望见一座湖泊,装点着红莲、青莲与白莲丛,湖水澄净无垢,他便心想:‘应当循哪条路去往那里呢?’如此去寻求那座湖,是合宜的。若他不去寻求,那并非湖泊的过失,而是那人自身的过失。同样地,能洗去烦恼垢秽的不死大湖确实存在,若他不去寻求,那并非名为不死的涅槃大湖之过,而是那人自身的过失。又譬如有人被盗贼围困,纵然有逃生之路存在,若他不逃脱,那并非路的过失,而是那人自身的过失。同样地,当人被烦恼贼所困缚时,通往涅槃大城的吉祥大道明明存在,若他不去寻求那条路,这并非路的过失,而是那人自身的过失。再譬如有人为疾病所折磨,若存在能医治此病的良医,而他寻得那位医师却不医治自己的病,那并非医师的过失,而是那人自身的过失。同样地,当善于息灭烦恼之道的导师确实存在时,被烦恼病所折磨的人若不去寻求,那只是他自己的过失,而非那位能调伏烦恼病的导师——老师的过失。”因此,他这样说。显示巴利原文
Athāhaṃ parampi cintesiṃ – ‘‘yathā nāma gūtharāsimhi nimuggena purisena dūratova kamalakuvalayapuṇḍarīkasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ vimalasalilaṃ taḷākaṃ disvā – ‘katarena nu kho maggena tattha gantabba’nti taḷākaṃ gavesituṃ yuttaṃ. Yaṃ tassa agavesanaṃ, na so tassa taḷākassa doso, tassa purisasseva doso. Evameva kilesamaladhovane amatamahātaḷāke vijjamāne yaṃ tassa agavesanaṃ, na so amatasaṅkhātassa nibbānamahātaḷākassa doso, purisasseva doso. Yathā pana corehi saṃparivārito puriso palāyanamagge vijjamānepi sace so na palāyati, na so tassa maggassa doso, tassa purisasseva doso. Evameva kilesacorehi parivāretvā gahitassa purisassa vijjamāneyeva nibbānamahānagaragāmimhi sive mahāmagge tassa maggassa agavesanaṃ nāma na maggassa doso, purisasseva doso. Yathā byādhipīḷito puriso vijjamāne byādhitikicchake vejje sace taṃ vejjaṃ gavesitvā taṃ byādhiṃ na tikicchāpeti, na so vejjassa doso, tassa purisasseva doso. Evameva pana yo kilesabyādhiparipīḷito kilesavūpasamamaggakovidaṃ vijjamānameva ācariyaṃ na gavesati, tasseva doso, na kilesabyādhivināyakassa ācariyassa doso’’ti. Tena vuttaṃ –
譬如有人堕入粪坑,望见盈满的湖水;
若他不去寻求,这并非湖之过失。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā gūthagato puriso, taḷākaṃ disvāna pūritaṃ; Na gavesati taṃ taḷākaṃ, na doso taḷākassa so.
同样地,当能洗除烦恼垢秽的不死之湖存在时,
他不去寻求那湖,这不是不死之湖的过失。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ kilesamaladhovaṃ, vijjante amatantaḷe; Na gavesati taṃ taḷākaṃ, na doso amatantaḷe.
如同被敌人包围,虽有道路可通行,
那男子却不逃走,这并非道路的过错。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā arīhi pariruddho, vijjante gamanampathe; Na palāyati so puriso, na doso añjasassa so.
同样地,当安稳的道路现前时,他却被烦恼所覆蔽,
不去寻求那条道——这并非安稳之道的过失。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ kilesapariruddho, vijjamāne sive pathe; Na gavesati taṃ maggaṃ, na doso sivamañjase.
犹如患病之人,虽有良医在前,
他却不去医治那病,这并非医生的过失。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi byādhito puriso, vijjamāne tikicchake; Na tikicchāpeti taṃ byādhiṃ, na doso so tikicchake.
同样地,被烦恼之病所苦、所逼迫,
不去寻求那位导师,这并非导师的过失。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ kilesabyādhīhi, dukkhito patipīḷito; Na gavesati taṃ ācariyaṃ, na doso so vināyake’’ti.
其中,「gūthagato」是指掉进了粪坑,或是被粪便所染污。「Kilesamaladhovanti」指洗净烦恼垢秽之处,此处以主格表处所义。「Amatantaḷeti」指名为不死的池子;此处的处格应作属格义解,是插入‘随念’而说的。「Arī」指怨敌。「Pariruddho」指被四面包围、困滞其中。「Gamanampathe」指在行路途中。为了摧破欲求,插入‘随念’而如此说。「Na palāyatīti」假如他不逃走。「So puriso」指那个被强盗围困的人。「Añjasassāti」是指道路的。关于‘道’,有偈颂说:显示巴利原文
Tattha gūthagatoti gūthakūpagato, gūthena gato makkhito vā. Kilesamaladhovanti kilesamalasodhane, bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ. Amatantaḷeti amatasaṅkhātassa taḷākassa, sāmiatthe bhummavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, anussaraṃ pakkhipitvā vuttaṃ. Arīhīti paccatthikehi. Pariruddhoti samantato niruddho. Gamanampatheti gamanapathe. Chandāvināsatthaṃ anussarāgamanaṃ katvā vuttaṃ. Na palāyatīti yadi na palāyeyya. So purisoti so corehi pariruddho puriso. Añjasassāti maggassa. Maggassa hi –
‘maggo’(道)、‘pantho’(道途)、‘patho’(道路)、‘pajjo’(路径),这些都是‘añjasaṃ’(径)、‘vaṭuma’(途)、‘āyanaṃ’(行途)的同义词。
‘船’、‘渡津’、‘桥’、‘筏’、‘浮囊’、‘渡口’。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Maggo pantho patho pajjo, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ; Nāvā uttarasetu ca, kullo ca bhisi saṅkamo’’ti. (cūḷani. pārāyanatthutigāthāniddesa 101) –
有许多名称。然此处以“径”一名而称说。“Sive”:因无任何灾祸,故为吉祥。“Sivamañjase”意为“吉祥之径”,即吉祥的道路。“Tikicchake”指医生。“Na tikicchāpeti”指若不治疗。“Na doso so tikicchake”指那并非医生的过失,医生无有过失,过失唯在病人。“Dukkhito”指已产生身苦与心苦之人。“Ācariyaṃ”指教导解脱道的老师。“Vināyake”即是对这位老师的称呼。显示巴利原文
Bahūni nāmāni. Svāyamidha añjasanāmena vutto. Siveti sabbupaddavābhāvato sive. Sivamañjaseti sivassa añjasassāti attho. Tikicchaketi vejje. Na tikicchāpetīti na tikicchāpeyya. Na doso so tikicchaketi tikicchakassa doso natthi, byādhitasseva dosoti attho. Dukkhitoti sañjātakāyikacetasikadukkho. Ācariyanti mokkhamaggācariyaṃ. Vināyaketi ācariyassa.
我这样思惟之后,又进一步思惟:‘犹如一位喜爱装饰的人,将挂在颈上的尸体丢弃后,快乐地前行;同样,我也应当舍弃这副腐臭之身,毫无眷恋地进入涅槃大城。又如男男女女在不净处大小便后,不会将其揣入怀中,也不会包系于衣角带走,而是心生厌离,连看都不想再看一眼,无所眷恋地舍弃离去;同样,我也应当舍弃这副腐臭之身,毫无眷恋地进入不死的涅槃城。又如那些船主,舍弃破损、漏水的旧船,毫无眷恋地离去;同样,我也应当舍弃这个从九个疮口不断流漏的身体,毫无眷恋地进入涅槃大城。又如有人携带珍珠、摩尼、琉璃等种种宝物,与盗贼一同上路,因害怕自己的宝物被毁坏,便弃离那些盗贼,走上安稳的道路;同样,这副腐臭之身,如同劫夺宝物的盗贼。我若对它生起渴爱,我的圣道、善法等宝物便会消亡,因此我应舍弃这副如同大盗贼的身体,进入涅槃大城。’于是,说出以下的偈颂:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ panāhaṃ cintetvā uttarimpi evaṃ cintesiṃ – ‘‘yathāpi maṇḍanakajātiko puriso kaṇṭhe āsattaṃ kuṇapaṃ chaḍḍetvā sukhī gaccheyya, evaṃ mayāpi imaṃ pūtikāyaṃ chaḍḍetvā anapekkhena nibbānamahānagaraṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Yathā ca naranāriyo ukkārabhūmiyaṃ uccārapassāvaṃ katvā na taṃ ucchaṅgena vā ādāya dasante vā veṭhetvā ādāya gacchanti, atha kho jigucchamānā oloketumpi anicchantā anapekkhā chaḍḍetvā gacchanti, evaṃ mayāpi imaṃ pūtikāyaṃ anapekkhena chaḍḍetvā amataṃ nibbānanagaraṃ pavisituṃ vaṭṭati. Yathā ca nāvikā nāma jajjaraṃ nāvaṃ udakagāhiniṃ chaḍḍetvā anapekkhāva gacchanti, evamahampi imaṃ navahi vaṇamukhehi paggharantaṃ kāyaṃ chaḍḍetvā anapekkho nibbānamahānagaraṃ pavisissāmi . Yathā ca koci puriso muttāmaṇiveḷuriyādīni nānāvidhāni ratanāni ādāya corehi saddhiṃ maggaṃ gacchanto attano ratanavināsabhayena te core chaḍḍetvā khemaṃ maggaṃ gaṇhāti, evamayampi pūtikāyo ratanavilopakacorasadiso. Sacāhaṃ ettha taṇhaṃ karissāmi, ariyamaggakusaladhammaratanāni me nassissanti, tasmā mayā imaṃ mahācorasadisaṃ karajakāyaṃ chaḍḍetvā nibbānamahānagaraṃ pavisituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Tena vuttaṃ –
就像有人厌恶挂在颈上的腐尸,
解下丢弃之后,他便快乐、自在、自主而行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi kuṇapaṃ puriso, kaṇṭhe baddhaṃ jigucchiya; Mocayitvāna gaccheyya, sukhī serī sayaṃvasī.
同样地,这副腐臭之身,乃种种死尸的积聚;
我当弃之而去,无有挂碍,无所愿求。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tathevimaṃ pūtikāyaṃ, nānākuṇapasañcayaṃ; Chaḍḍayitvāna gaccheyyaṃ, anapekkho anatthiko.
譬如在厕间,男男女女将粪便
丢弃之后就离去,不牵挂、不贪求。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā uccāraṭṭhānamhi, karīsaṃ naranāriyo; Chaḍḍayitvāna gacchanti, anapekkhā anatthikā.
同样地,对于这具充满种种不净物的身体,
我弃身后便离去,犹如清除粪便后离开小屋。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evamevāhaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ, nānākuṇapapūritaṃ; Chaḍḍayitvāna gacchissaṃ, vaccaṃ katvā yathā kuṭiṃ.
如同破败的船,破损漏水;
船主们弃之不顾,便无恋无求地离去。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi jajjaraṃ nāvaṃ, paluggaṃ udagāhiniṃ; Sāmī chaḍḍetvā gacchanti, anapekkhā anatthikā.
同样地,我对此身——九孔、常漏不净——
将弃舍后离去,如船主舍弃破船。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evamevāhaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ, navacchiddaṃ dhuvassavaṃ; Chaḍḍayitvāna gacchissaṃ, jiṇṇanāvaṃva sāmikā.
犹如有人携货行路,与盗贼同行;
因见货物有遭掠夺之险,他便弃货而去。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi puriso corehi, gacchanto bhaṇḍamādiya; Bhaṇḍacchedabhayaṃ disvā, chaḍḍayitvāna gacchati.
正如这样,此身如同大盗一般;
我将舍弃此身离去,因害怕善法被断。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evameva imaṃ kāyo, mahācorasamo viya; Pahāyimaṃ gamissāmi, kusalacchedanābhayā’’ti.
在此,“犹如死尸的男子”(yathāpi kuṇapaṃ puriso):犹如一位年轻、喜好装扮的男子,若有蛇尸、犬尸或人尸悬挂于颈上,他会厌恶、羞惭、厌弃,解开那尸首后离去。“快乐”(sukhī):即安乐。“自在”(serī):即随心而住。“种种死尸的积聚”(nānākuṇapasañcaya):指成为各类死尸的堆聚;另有一读法作“充满种种死尸”(nānākuṇapapūrita)。显示巴利原文
Tattha yathāpi kuṇapaṃ purisoti yathāpi daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko puriso ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭīyitvā harāyitvā jigucchitvā taṃ kuṇapaṃ mocetvā gaccheyya. Sukhīti sukhito. Serīti yathicchakavihārī. Nānākuṇapasañcayanti anekavidhakuṇaparāsibhūtaṃ ‘‘nānākuṇapapūrita’’ntipi pāṭho.
「排便处」(uccāraṭṭhāna):即人们排便之处。于此处排泄粪便,故称排便处(uccāro);此排便处即是那场所。再者,所呼出者名为「呼出」(ussāso),此为粪便的别名,其所在之处即「呼出处」(ussāsaṭṭhāna),于彼呼出处中,意即排便之处。「如排便后清理小屋」(vaccaṃ katvā yathā kuṭinti),其意正如男女排便后清理小屋一样。显示巴利原文
Uccāraṭṭhānamhīti uccārenti vaccaṃ karonti etthāti uccāro, uccāro ca so ṭhānaṃ ceti uccāraṭṭhānaṃ. Atha vā ussāsiyyatīti ussāso, vaccassetaṃ nāmaṃ, tassa ṭhānaṃ ussāsaṭṭhānaṃ, tasmiṃ ussāsaṭṭhānamhi, ukkāraṭṭhāneti attho. Vaccaṃ katvā yathā kuṭinti vaccaṃ katvā kuṭiṃ naranāriyo viyāti attho.
「破败的」(jajjara):指老朽。「崩坏的」(palugga):指正在破坏、离散的意思。「取水的」(udagāhini):指舀水。「主人」(sāmī):指船主。「九孔的」(navacchidda):因为与眼、耳等九个如疮口般的孔穴相连,故称「九孔」。「常流漏」(dhuvassava):指持续渗漏,即不断流出不净物的意思。显示巴利原文
Jajjaranti jiṇṇaṃ. Palugganti palujjantiṃ, vikirantinti attho. Udagāhininti udakagāhiniṃ . Sāmīti nāvāsāmikā. Navacchiddanti cakkhusotādīhi navahi vaṇamukhehi chiddāvacchiddehi yuttattā navacchiddaṃ. Dhuvassavanti dhuvanissandaṃ, niccaṃ paggharaṇāsucinti attho.
「拿起物品」(bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya):指拿起珠宝等任何物品。「见物品被夺之怖畏」(bhaṇḍacchedabhayaṃ disvā):意即因物品遭抢掠而生怖畏。「正如同此」(evameva):如同那位拿着物品行走的男子。此处之「身体」(kāyo):所谓「身体」,即是诸多污秽至极、令人极生厌离之物的生起之处。「生起」(āyo):指产生、现起之处。诸污秽物从此处生起,故名为「生起」;而污秽物即指头发等。因此,身体即是头发等污秽物的生起之处。「等同大盗」(mahācorasamo):它通过眼等感官对色等可爱境的染着,如同劫掠杀生、不与取等一切善法的盗贼,故说等同大盗。因此,如同那位持有珠宝物品与盗贼同行的男子,舍弃他们盗贼而离去;我也将舍弃这些同大盗的身体,为寻求自身安稳之道而离去。应当如此理解文句的关联。「怖畏善法被断绝」(kusalacchedanābhayā):因怖畏善法被摧毁之故。显示巴利原文
Bhaṇḍamādiyāti yaṃkiñci ratanādikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ ādiya. Bhaṇḍacchedabhayaṃdisvāti bhaṇḍassa acchindanena bhayaṃ disvāti attho. Evamevāti so bhaṇḍamādāya gacchanto puriso viya. Ayaṃ kāyoti ayaṃ pana kucchitānaṃ paramajegucchānaṃ āyoti kāyo. Āyoti upattiṭṭhānaṃ. Āyanti tatoti āyo, kucchitā kesādayo. Iti kucchitānaṃ kesādīnaṃ āyoti kāyo. Mahācorasamo viyāti cakkhuādīhi rūpādīsu piyarūpesu sārajjanādivasena pāṇātipātādinnādānādicoro hutvā sabbakusalaṃ vilumpatīti mahācorasamo. Tasmā yathā so ratanabhaṇḍamādāya corehi saddhiṃ gacchanto puriso te core pahāya gacchati, evamevāhampi imaṃ mahācorasamaṃ kāyaṃ pahāya attano sotthibhāvakaraṃ maggaṃ gavesituṃ gamissāmīti atthasambandho veditabbo. Kusalacchedanābhayāti kusaladhammavilopanabhayenāti attho.
接着,善慧尊者以种种譬喻思惟出离的因由之后,又再这样思惟:“虽然积聚了如此广大的财富,然而我的父亲、祖父等先人去世时,连一个迦梨沙槃也未曾带走。我应当造作能够携带的因缘才是。”于是,他前往禀告国王:“大王!我的心被生、老等所逼恼,将从在家而出家,成为无家者。我有无量百千俱胝的财富,请大王收纳。”国王说:“我不需要你的财富,你随自己的意愿去处理吧。”显示巴利原文
Athevaṃ sumedhapaṇḍito nānāvidhāhi upamāhi nekkhammakāraṇaṃ cintetvā punapi cintesi – ‘‘imaṃ mahādhanarāsiṃ saṃharitvā mayhaṃ pitupitāmahādayo paralokaṃ gacchantā ekakahāpaṇampi gahetvā na gatā, mayā pana gahetvā gamanakāraṇaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti gantvā rañño ārocesi – ‘‘ahaṃ, mahārāja, jātijarādīhi upaddutahadayo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmi, mayhaṃ anekakoṭisatasahassaṃ dhanaṃ atthi, taṃ devo paṭipajjatū’’ti. Rājā āha – ‘‘na mayhaṃ te dhanena attho, tvaṃyeva yathicchakaṃ karohī’’ti.
他回答:“好的,大王!”随后便在城中击鼓通告,向大众行布施。他舍弃了住所之欲与烦恼之欲,从犹如最胜不死城般的都城出走,独自一人前往有种种鹿群栖息的雪山,依靠一座名为“法”(dhammika)的山,建造了隐修处。他在那里搭起草棚,铺设了远离五种过患的经行道;为了修习具有八种功德的神通,他舍弃了具有九种缺点的布衣,披上具有十二种功德的树皮衣,出家修行。出家之后,他又舍弃了充满八种过患的草棚,转而居住在具有十种功德的树下;他舍弃一切谷物类的食物,唯食树上落下的果实。他时而经行,时而宴坐,精勤修习,仅仅在七日之内,便证得了八种等至与五种神通。因此有偈颂说:显示巴利原文
So ca ‘‘sādhu devā’’ti nagare bheriṃ carāpetvā mahājanassa dānaṃ datvā vatthukāme ca kilesakāme ca pahāya amaravaranagarasadisato amaranagarato nikkhamitvā ekakova nānāmigagaṇavante himavante dhammikaṃ nāma pabbataṃ nissāya assamaṃ katvā tattha paṇṇasālaṃ katvā pañcadosavivajjitaṃ caṅkamaṃ māpetvā aṭṭhaguṇasamupetaṃ abhiññābalaṃ samāharituṃ navadosasamannāgataṃ sāṭakaṃ pajahitvā dvādasaguṇamupāgataṃ vākacīraṃ nivāsetvā pabbaji. Evaṃ pana so pabbajito aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇaṃ paṇṇasālaṃ pahāya dasaguṇasamannāgataṃ rukkhamūlaṃ upagantvā sabbadhaññavikatiṃ pahāya pavattaphalabhojano hutvā nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkamanavasena padhānaṃ padahanto sattāhabbhantareyeva aṭṭhannaṃ samāpattīnaṃ pañcannañca abhiññānaṃ lābhī ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –
我这样思惟后,以无量百千俱胝的财富,
布施给有依靠者与无依靠者,然后前往雪山。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evāhaṃ cintayitvāna, nekakoṭisataṃ dhanaṃ; Nāthānāthānaṃ datvāna, himavantamupāgamiṃ.
在离雪山不远处,有一座名为“法”(dhammika)的山;
我的精舍建造得十分善好,茅棚也搭得极为圆满。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Himavantassāvidūre, dhammiko nāma pabbato; Assamo sukato mayhaṃ, paṇṇasālā sumāpitā.
我在那里建造了经行道,远离五种过失。显示巴利原文
‘‘Caṅkamaṃ tattha māpesiṃ, pañcadosavivajjitaṃ.
Aṭṭhaguṇasamupetaṃ, abhiññābalamāhariṃ.
我舍弃了那件具足九种过失的布衣;
我穿上了具足十二种功德的树皮衣。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sāṭakaṃ pajahiṃ tattha, navadosamupāgataṃ; Vākacīraṃ nivāsesiṃ, dvādasaguṇamupāgataṃ.
‘‘Aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇaṃ, pajahiṃ paṇṇasālakaṃ; Upāgamiṃ rukkhamūlaṃ, guṇe dasahupāgataṃ.
我舍弃了播种栽种的谷物,一无所有;
我取食那自然掉落、具足种种功德的果实。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vāpitaṃ ropitaṃ dhaññaṃ, pajahiṃ niravasesato; Anekaguṇasampannaṃ, pavattaphalamādiyiṃ.
在那里,我精进努力,于坐处与经行处;
七日之内,我获得了神通力。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tatthappadhānaṃ padahiṃ, nissajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame; Abbhantaramhi sattāhe, abhiññābalapāpuṇi’’nti.
其中,“如是”指“像我这样”,意谓以上述方式思惟。“有护者与无护者”,指有保护者与无保护者,即富人与穷人。我连同仓库一并布施,说:“需要者自取。”“喜马拉雅山王的不远处”,指在喜马拉雅山王的附近、不远之处。“名为法山的山”,即以此名称之山。为何名为法山?因多数菩萨出家成为仙人后,依此山证得神通,修行沙门法。由此,作为沙门法的依止处,便以“法山”而闻名。“我的精舍善构”等语,是须弥陀智者所说,看似他亲手建造的茅舍与经行道,实则并非亲手所建,而是帝释天派遣毗首羯磨天子所化。然世尊是就自己当时凭借福德威力所获成就而说:“舍利弗,在那山上……”如此开示。显示巴利原文
Tattha evāhanti evaṃ ahaṃ, heṭṭhā vuttappakārena cintetvāti attho. Nāthānāthānanti sanāthānamanāthānañca aḍḍhānañceva daliddānañca ‘‘atthikā gaṇhantū’’ti saha koṭṭhāgārehi datvāti attho. Himavantassāvidūreti himavantapabbatarājassa avidūre samīpe. Dhammiko nāma pabbatoti evaṃnāmako pabbato. Kasmā panāyaṃ dhammikoti? Yebhuyyena pana bodhisattā isipabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā taṃ pabbataṃ upanissāya abhiññāyo nibbattetvā samaṇadhammaṃ akaṃsu. Tasmā samaṇadhammassa nissayabhūtattā ‘‘dhammiko’’tveva pākaṭo ahosi. Assamo sukato mayhantiādinā sumedhapaṇḍitena assamapaṇṇasālā caṅkamā sahatthā māpitā viya vuttā, na ca pana sahatthā māpitā, kintu sakkena devena pesite vissakammunā devaputtena nimmitā. Bhagavā pana tadā attano puññānubhāvena nibbattaṃ taṃ sampadaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘sāriputta, tasmiṃ pabbate –
我的精舍修建完善,草棚也妥善建成;
我在那里造了一条经行道,远离五种过失。
显示巴利原文 ‘Assamo sukato mayhaṃ, paṇṇasālā sumāpitā; Caṅkamaṃ tattha māpesiṃ, pañcadosavivajjita’’’nti. – ādimāha;
此处,“草棚”指以树叶为顶的屋舍。“在那里”即在那精舍所在之处。“远离五种过失”指远离五种经行道之过。哪五种是经行道的过失?即地面坚硬或不平、中间有树、被密林遮蔽、过于狭窄或过于宽阔——应远离此五种过失。依最高标准,经行道长六十肘、宽一肘半。另一种解释:“远离五种过失”指远离五种盖障的过失,这要联系下文“获得神通力”来理解,意思是“把缺损的神通力引回来”。“具足八种素质”:即“当心如此入定,变得清净、明净、无垢、远离随烦恼、柔软、适合作业、稳固、不动摇”中所说的八种素质;具足此八种素质后,便获得神通力,意为引来了神通力。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṇṇasālāti paṇṇachadanasālā. Tatthāti tasmiṃ assamapade. Pañcadosavivajjitanti pañcahi caṅkamadosehi vivajjitaṃ. Katame pañca caṅkamadosā nāma? Thaddhavisamatā, antorukkhatā, gahanacchannatā, atisambādhatā, ativisālatāti imehi pañcahi dosehi vivajjitaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena dīghato saṭṭhiratano vitthārato diyaḍḍharatano caṅkamo vutto. Atha vā pañcadosavivajjitanti pañcahi nīvaraṇadosehi vivajjitaṃ parihīnaṃ abhiññābalamāharinti iminā uttarapadena sambandho daṭṭhabbo (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā, sumedhakathā). Aṭṭhaguṇasamupetanti ‘‘evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte’’ti evaṃ vuttehi aṭṭhaguṇehi (dī. ni. 1.244-245; ma. ni. 1.384-386, 431-433; pārā. 12-14) samannāgataṃ abhiññābalaṃ āhariṃ ānesinti attho.
然而,也有人将“具足八种素质”与精舍联系起来,解释为“具足八种沙门乐”。所谓“八种沙门乐”,即:不囤积财物与谷物;寻求无过失的团食;安然享用团食;当国王与官吏压迫人民、征收财物谷物时,内心不生伤害性的烦恼;对生活资具毫无贪欲;盗贼劫掠时毫无畏惧;不与国王及大臣等有任何交涉;于四方皆无障碍。他们说,善慧智者正是建造了具备这八种沙门乐的精舍。但这一解释与经文并不相符。显示巴利原文
Keci pana ‘‘aṭṭhahi samaṇasukhehi upetaṃ, aṭṭhimāni samaṇasukhāni nāma dhanadhaññapariggahābhāvo, anavajjapiṇḍapātapariyesanabhāvo, nibbutapiṇḍabhuñjanabhāvo, raṭṭhaṃ pīḷetvā dhanadhaññādīsu gaṇhantesu rājapurisesu raṭṭhapīḷanakilesābhāvo, upakaraṇesu nicchandarāgabhāvo, coravilopane nibbhayabhāvo, rājarājamahāmattehi asaṃsaṭṭhabhāvo, catūsu disāsu appaṭihatabhāvoti imehi aṭṭhahi samaṇasukhehi (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā; dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā) upetaṃ samupetaṃ assamaṃ māpesi’’nti assamena sambandhaṃ katvā vadanti, taṃ pāḷiyā na sameti.
“Sāṭaka”指的是布料。“在那里”即指在那所精舍中。“具足九种过失”的意思是:舍利弗,住在那里时,我舍弃了自己所穿着、披覆的昂贵布料。我之所以舍弃那块布,是因为看到了其中九种过失才舍离的。对于出家修道的仙人而言,布料具有九种过失。哪九种呢?布料价格昂贵,容易受人牵制;使用时容易脏污,脏了便须清洗、染色;使用中会变得破旧,破旧后又须缝补、打补丁;再次求取时难以获得;不适于仙人的出家生活;会被怨敌共用,必须小心守护以防怨敌夺走;穿着时成为装饰品的附着处;随身携带则会增长多欲之心。正因为见到这九种过失,我舍弃了布料,改穿树皮衣。“树皮衣”是指用芒草纤维撕成细条、编织而成的衣服,用来作下衣与上衣穿着。“具足十二种功德”即是具有十二种利益。这里的“功德”意指利益,正如“百倍功德应期待”等语句中的用法。字母‘ma’在此起到连接作用。树皮衣有十二种好处:不值钱、不依赖他人、可亲手制作、用破后不必缝补、无被盗贼劫掠的恐怖、需要时容易制作、适合仙人的出家生活、穿着时不成为装饰品、对衣物资具少欲知足、使用起来舒适安乐、树皮容易获得。显示巴利原文
Sāṭakanti vatthaṃ. Tatthāti tasmiṃ assame. Navadosamupāgatanti, sāriputta, tattha vasanto attano nivatthapārutaṃ mahagghasāṭakaṃ pajahiṃ pariccajiṃ. Sāṭakaṃ pajahanto ca tattha nava dose disvā pajahinti dīpeti. Tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitānañhi sāṭakasmiṃ nava dosā pakāsitā. Katame nava? Sāṭakassa mahagghabhāvo, parapaṭibaddhabhāvo, paribhogena lahukaṃ kilissanabhāvo, kiliṭṭho ca dhovitabbo puna rajitabbo ca hoti paribhogena jīraṇabhāvo, jiṇṇassa puna tunnakaraṇaṃ vā aggaḷadānaṃ vā kātabbaṃ hoti puna pariyesanāya durabhisambhavabhāvo, tāpasapabbajjāya ananucchavikabhāvo, paccatthikānaṃ sādhāraṇabhāvo, yathā naṃ na paccatthikā gaṇhanti, evaṃ gopetabbo hoti paridahato vibhūsanaṭṭhānabhāvo, gahetvā carantassa mahicchabhāvoti etehi navahi dosehi (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā) upagataṃ sāṭakaṃ pahāya vākacīraṃ nivāsesinti dīpeti. Vākacīranti muñjatiṇaṃ hīrāhīraṃ katvā ganthetvā kataṃ vākamayacīraṃ nivāsanapārupanatthāya ādiyinti attho. Dvādasaguṇamupāgatanti dvādasahi ānisaṃsehi upetaṃ. Ettha guṇa-saddo ānisaṃsaṭṭho ‘‘sataguṇā dakkhiṇā pāṭikaṅkhitabbā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.379) viya. Ma-kāro padasandhikaro. Vākacīrasmiṃ dvādasānisaṃsā appagghatā, aparāyattatā, sahatthā kātuṃ sakkuṇeyyatā, paribhogena jiṇṇepi sibbitabbābhāvo, corabhayābhāvo pariyesantassa sukhena karaṇabhāvo, tāpasapabbajjāya sāruppabhāvo, sevamānassa vibhūsanaṭṭhānābhāvo, cīvarappaccaye appicchabhāvo , paribhogasukhabhāvo, vākuppattiyā sulabhabhāvo, vākacīre naṭṭhepi anapekkhabhāvoti imehi dvādasahi guṇehi sampannaṃ (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā; dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā).
随后,善慧智者便住在茅舍中。破晓时分起身后,他思惟自己出家的因由,据说内心是这样想的:‘我舍弃了那宛若天宫、富丽堂皇、充满欢悦的家居生活——那里混杂着各种宝物、臂环、脚饰碰触的声响与甜美的笑语。我如吐弃唾沫一般将其抛弃,乐于独处,进入了能除灭一切众生罪恶的苦行林。然而,如今我住在茅舍里,这无异于第二次的居家生活。既然如此,我应当去住在树下。’于是他说了:显示巴利原文
Atha sumedhapaṇḍito tattha paṇṇasālāyaṃ viharanto paccūsasamaye paccuṭṭhāya attano nikkhamanakāraṇaṃ paccavekkhamāno evaṃ kira cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ pana navakanakakaṭakanūpurādisaṅghaṭṭanasaddasammissita-madhurahasitakathitagehajanaramaṇīyaṃ uḷāravibhavasobhitaṃ suravarabhavanākāramagāraṃ kheḷapiṇḍaṃ viya pahāya vivekārāmatāya sabbajanapāpapavāhanaṃ tapovanaṃ paviṭṭhosmi, idha pana me paṇṇasālāya vāso dutiyo gharāvāso viya hoti, handāhaṃ rukkhamūle vaseyya’’nti. Tena vuttaṃ –
‘‘Aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇaṃ, pajahiṃ paṇṇasālaka’’nti.
这里的“充满八种过失”,是指混杂了八种过失。哪八种呢?须以大量材料方能建成;须用草、叶、泥土等不断维护;当坐卧处归于长老时,于不适当的时间被唤起之人不得心一境性,故有“被唤起”的过失;为驱寒避暑而令身体变得娇嫩;进入屋内,便可作种种隐蔽之事,故有“可隐藏过失”的过患;心中念着“这是我的”,便生起执取;有了房屋,便意味着有第二人共住;与虱子、指节虫、壁虎等共享,故有“与人共”的过失——大士见到了这八种过患,便舍弃了茅舍。显示巴利原文
Tattha aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇanti aṭṭhahi dosehi samākiṇṇaṃ saṃyuttaṃ. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Mahāsambhārehi nipphādanīyatā, tiṇapaṇṇamattikādīhi niccaṃ paṭijagganīyatā, senāsanaṃ nāma mahallakassa pāpuṇātīti avelāya vuṭṭhāpiyamānassa cittekaggatā na hotīti vuṭṭhāpanīyabhāvo, sītuṇhassa paṭighātena kāyassa sukhumālakaraṇabhāvo, gharaṃ paviṭṭhena yaṃ kiñci pāpaṃ sakkā kātunti garahapaṭicchādanakaraṇabhāvo, ‘‘mayhamida’’nti sapariggahabhāvo, gehassa atthibhāvo sadutiyakavāso, ūkāmaṅgulagharagoḷikādīnaṃ sādhāraṇatāya bahusādhāraṇabhāvoti iti ime aṭṭha ādīnave (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā) disvā mahāsatto paṇṇasālaṃ pajahiṃ.
“具足十种功德”是指:拒绝了有覆盖的住处后,以十种功德而亲近树下,这就是它的意思。哪十种呢?少事务,只需去到那里就行,故容易获得而无过失;由于常常见到嫩叶的变化而生起无常想;对坐卧具没有悭吝;在那里作恶会感到羞惭,因此没有作恶的合适条件;没有执取;与天神共住;拒绝了有覆盖的住处;受用舒适;因为树下坐卧具随处可得,所以没有贪恋——看见这十种功德后,大士说:“我亲近树下。”显示巴利原文
Guṇe dasahupāgatanti channaṃ paṭikkhipitvā dasahi guṇehi upetaṃ, rukkhamūlaṃ upagatosmīti attho. Katamehi dasahi? Appasamārambhatā, upagamanamattamevettha hotīti sulabhānavajjatā, abhiṇhaṃ tarupaṇṇavikāradassanena aniccasaññāsamuṭṭhāpanatā, senāsanamaccherābhāvo, tattha hi pāpaṃ karonto lajjatīti pāpakaraṇārahābhāvo, pariggahakaraṇābhāvo, devatāhi saha vāso, channapaṭikkhepo, paribhogasukhatā, rukkhamūlasenāsanassa gatagataṭṭhāne sulabhatāya anapekkhabhāvoti iti ime dasa guṇe (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā) disvā rukkhamūlaṃ upagatosmīti vadati. Āha ca –
最胜佛陀曾称赞它,并说它是依止处;
为远离愦闹者所居之处,何处有能与树下相比的?
它破除住处的悭吝,为天神所守护;
安住在远离喧闹的树下,此人即是善行者。
看到那些鲜艳的、青翠的、枯黄的和掉落的
目睹嫩叶,便消除‘常’想。
因此,这树下既是佛陀的遗产,也是好乐修习者的住处。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vaṇṇito buddhaseṭṭhena, nissayoti ca bhāsito; Nivāso pavivittassa, rukkhamūlasamo kuto. ‘‘Āvāsamaccherahare, devatāparipālite; Pavivitte vasanto hi, rukkhamūlamhi subbato. ‘‘Abhirattāni nīlāni, paṇḍūni patitāni ca; Passanto tarupaṇṇāni, niccasaññaṃ panūdati. ‘‘Tasmā hi buddhadāyajjaṃ, bhāvanābhiratālayaṃ; Vivittaṃ nātimaññeyya, rukkhamūlaṃ vicakkhaṇo’’ti. (visuddhi. 1.32);
那时,善慧智者察觉了居住草屋的过患,便以树下为坐卧之处,获得了益处。他继续这样思惟:“为了食物而前往村落,是求食之苦。我并非由于某种匮乏而出家,更非为了食物而出家,而寻食所带来的苦是没有边际的。我何不只依自然掉落的果实来维生呢?”为说明其中的殊胜义,他说道:显示巴利原文
Atha sumedhapaṇḍito paṇṇasālāya diṭṭhadoso hutvā rukkhamūlasenāsane laddhānisaṃso viharanto uttaripi cintesi – ‘‘āhāratthāya me gāmagamanaṃ āhārapariyesanadukkhaṃ, nāhaṃ kenaci pārijuññena nikkhamitvā āhāratthāya pabbajito, āhārapariyesanamūlassa ca dukkhassa pamāṇaṃ natthi, yaṃnūnāhaṃ pavattaphalena yāpeyya’’nti. Imaṃ pana atthavisesaṃ dīpento –
32-33 “凡由播种栽植所得之谷物,我已彻底舍离,毫无保留。显示巴利原文
32-33. ‘‘Vāpitaṃ ropitaṃ dhaññaṃ, pajahiṃ niravasesato.
我取用了自然成熟坠落、具足种种功德的果实。”他这样说道。
显示巴利原文 Anekaguṇasampannaṃ, pavattaphalamādiyi’’nti. – ādimāha;
在此,「种植」(vāpitaṃ)是指由撒种而生起;「栽种」(ropitaṃ)是指由移栽而生起。谷物的产出只有这两种方式:撒种与栽种。他因自己的少欲,舍弃这两类谷物后,便依靠自然落果维生。「自然落果」(pavattaphalaṃ)是指自行掉落的果实。「取用」(ādiyi)是指受用。显示巴利原文
Tattha vāpitanti vapitvā nipphannaṃ. Ropitanti ropitvā nipphannaṃ, vapanaropanavasena duvidhāva sassanipphatti, taṃ duvidhampi attano appicchatāya pahāya pavattaphalena yāpesiṃ. Pavattaphalanti sayameva patitaphalaṃ. Ādiyinti paribhuñjiṃ.
我以自然落果为满足,生活不依他人;
断除对食物的贪求,此牟尼便成为游化四方者。
因此,不应轻视以自落之果为食的修行者。”(《清净道论》1.26略有差异)——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pavattaphalasantuṭṭho, aparāyattajīviko; Pahīnāhāraloluppo, hoti cātuddiso muni. ‘‘Jahāti rasataṇhañca, ājīvo tassa sujjhati; Tasmā hi nātimaññeyya, pavattaphalabhojana’’nti. (visuddhi. 1.26 thokaṃ visadisaṃ) –
如此安住时,善慧智者不久即于七日之内证得了八等至与五神通。为阐明此义,经中遂说“在那里,他努力精进”等语。其中,“在那里”(tattha)是指在那处精舍。“精进”(padhāna)即指精进(vīriya);因精进可被勤加修习,或因能成就精进之状态,故称为“精进”。“努力”(padahi)意谓策发精进。“坐、立、经行”(nissajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame)是指通过安坐、站立与经行而修持。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pavattamāno sumedhapaṇḍito nacirasseva antosattāhe aṭṭha samāpattiyo pañca abhiññāyo ca pāpuṇi. Imamatthaṃ pakāsentena ‘‘tatthappadhānaṃpadahi’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha tatthāti tasmiṃ assame. Padhānanti vīriyaṃ, vīriyañhi padahitabbato padhānabhāvakaraṇato vā ‘‘padhāna’’nti vuccati. Padahinti vīriyamārabhiṃ. Nissajjaṭṭhānacaṅkameti nisajjāya ca ṭhānena ca caṅkamena ca.
而善慧智者拒绝了躺卧休息,仅以坐、立、经行度过日夜,在七日之内便证得了神通力。当善慧苦行者如是获得神通力,并安住于等至之乐时,一位摄受一切众生、令魔众畏惧、智慧如灯的导师——燃灯佛,出现于世间。显示巴利原文
Sumedhapaṇḍito pana seyyaṃ paṭikkhipitvā nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkameheva rattindivaṃ vītināmetvā sattāhabbhantareyeva abhiññābalaṃ pāpuṇi. Evaṃ pana abhiññābalaṃ patvā sumedhatāpase samāpattisukhena vītināmente tadā sabbajanasaṅgahakaro mārabalabhayaṃkaro ñāṇadīpaṅkaro dīpaṅkaro nāma satthā loke udapādi.
简而言之,这位名为燃灯的大菩萨,圆满了三十种波罗蜜,身处如同须大拏那样的身相,作广大布施,致使大地震动等,寿尽之后投生兜率天。在那里住满天寿后,一万个轮围世界的天神齐来聚集——显示巴利原文
Saṅkhepeneva tassāyamānupubbikathā – ayaṃ kira dīpaṅkaro nāma mahāsatto samattiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā vessantarattabhāvasadise attabhāve ṭhito pathavikampanādīni mahādānāni datvā āyupariyosāne tusitapure nibbattitvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatāhi sannipatitvā –
大雄,是时候了,请入母胎吧;
度化含天神的世间,觉悟那不死之境吧。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kālo kho te mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ; Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ pada’’nti. (bu. vaṃ. 1.67) –
他听闻诸天神之言后,观察了五大观照,随即从兜率天殁,降生于可爱城。他藉自身荣光降伏瓦苏德瓦,生于名为苏德瓦的国王之族,母亲为善慧天后。在阿沙荼月满月之日,以乌答罗沙荼星宿结生母胎。他由大眷属围绕守护,在母后胎中宛如安放在宝冠顶上的摩尼宝珠,不为任何不净所染;住胎十月之后,如秋天从云隙现出的明月,从母后腹中降生。显示巴利原文
Vutte tato so devatānaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā ca pañca mahāvilokanāni viloketvā tato cuto rammavatīnagare attano yasavibhūtiyā vijitavāsudevassa naradevassa sudevassa nāma rañño kule sumedhāya deviyā kucchismiṃ āsāḷhipuṇṇamiyā uttarāsāḷhanakkhattena paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā mahatā parivārena parihariyamāno mahādeviyā kucchimhi maṇikūṭagato viya kenaci asucinā amakkhito dasa māse vasitvā saliladharavivaragato saradakālacando viya tassā udarato nikkhami.
对于燃灯童子,在他结生与出胎的刹那,三十二种瑞相神通便显现出来。一切知菩萨在入母胎、出母胎、成正觉、转法轮这四种时刻,此三十二种神变必定现前。正因如此,由于它们极为显著,我便于燃灯童子的诞生之际宣示了这些瑞相。显示巴利原文
Tassa pana dīpaṅkarakumārassa paṭisandhikkhaṇepi vijātakkhaṇepi dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni pāṭihāriyāni pāturahesuṃ. Sabbasabbaññubodhisattesu mātukucchiṃ okkamantesu nikkhamantesu sambujjhantesu dhammacakkaṃ pavattantesūti imesu catūsu ṭhānesu dvattiṃsa pāṭihāriyāni pavattanteva. Tasmā mayā pākaṭattā dīpaṅkarakumārassa jātiyaṃ dassitāni –
当可爱、吉祥、寂静的燃灯童子诞生时,
那时,十方世界数以千计的世界悉皆震动、摇晃。
在千个轮围世界中,有一万位天神,
那时,她们共聚于一个轮围世界。
菩萨大士刚刚诞生,诸天神
便先接取了他,而后人类才接取。
无人敲击,那蒙皮之鼓与音声美妙的琵琶,皆自行发出了妙音;
那些未经触碰的饰物,在那一刻从四方响起了甜美的声音。
一切的束缚都断裂了,所有的疾病自行消散;
生而盲者得见诸色,耳聋者听到了四面八方的声音。
生而愚钝的人获得了忆念,跛足的人不费脚力便得到了车乘;
远赴他方的船只,自行快速地抵达了港口。
居于虚空与大地的一切宝物,周遍自行闪耀;
恐怖地狱中的烈火悉皆熄灭,河流中的水亦不再流动。
在那些痛苦相续无间的轮围间隙,亦出现了广大、殊胜的光芒;
那时,大海的波浪平缓而静谧,海水变得甘甜。
而那些常怀敌意的众生,获得了无上的慈心;
乌鸦与猫头鹰结伴同游,鹿和猪一起嬉戏。
即使是可怕的蛇,乃至蛇中最凶恶的,也与猫鼬们尽情嬉戏;
虱子爬上猫的头顶,家鼠亦内心信赖,毫无畏怯。
纵在无佛出世、未得值遇的年代,生于毕舍遮界的众生,也已止息了渴爱;
驼背者身形端正优雅,哑巴也说出了甜美的话语。
那些心生净信的众生,则彼此说起了亲爱的话语;
马儿也都心生欢喜,高高地嘶鸣;那些迷醉的良象也同样兴奋地吼叫。
处处弥漫着芬芳的栴檀粉末,散发着花朵、郁金香与熏香交织的芳香;
饰以种种妙色大旗与花鬘,周围遍布上万面旗帜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dīpaṅkare cārukare kumāre, sivaṃkare santikareva jāte; Pakampi saṅkampi tadā samantā, sahassasaṅkhyā dasalokadhātu. ‘‘Cakkavāḷasahassesu, dasasahasseva devatā; Ekasmiṃ cakkavāḷasmiṃ, tadā sannipatiṃsu tā. ‘‘Bodhisattaṃ mahāsattaṃ, jātamattantu devatā; Paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhiṃsu, pacchā taṃ manujā pana. ‘‘Avāditā kenaci cammanaddhā, supokkharā dundubhiyo ca vīṇā; Aghaṭṭitānābharaṇāni tasmiṃ, khaṇe samantā madhuraṃ raviṃsu. ‘‘Chijjiṃsu sabbattha ca bandhanāni, sayaṃ vigacchiṃsu ca sabbarogā; Rūpāni passiṃsu ca jātiandhā, saddaṃ samantā badhirā suṇiṃsu. ‘‘Anussatiṃ jātijaḷā manussā, labhiṃsu yānaṃ padasāva paṅgulā; Videsayātā sayameva nāvā, sapaṭṭanaṃ sīghamupāgamiṃsu. ‘‘Ākāsaṭṭhaṃ bhūmigatañca sabbaṃ, sayaṃ samantā ratanaṃ viroci; Nibbāyi ghore niraye hutāso, nadīsu toyampi ca nappavatti. ‘‘Lokantare dukkhanirantarepi, pabhā uḷārā vipulā ahosi; Tathā tadā santataraṅgamālo, mahāsamuddo madhurodakoyaṃ. ‘‘Na vāyi vāto pharuso kharo vā, samphullapupphā taravo ahesuṃ; Viroci cando adhikaṃ satāro, na cāpi uṇho sūriyo ahosi. ‘‘Khagā nabhamhāpi ca rukkhato ca, haṭṭhāva heṭṭhā pathaviṃ bhajiṃsu; Mahācatuddīpagato ca megho, pavassi toyaṃ madhuraṃ samantā. ‘‘Ṭhatvāva dibbe bhavane sakasmiṃ, pasannacittā pana devatāyo; Nacciṃsu gāyiṃsu ca vādayiṃsu, seḷiṃsu tā keḷimakaṃsu ceva. ‘‘Sayaṃ kira dvāramahākavāṭā, khaṇeva tasmiṃ vivaṭā ahesuṃ; Mahājane neva khudā pipāsā, pīḷesi lokaṃ kira kañci kañci. ‘‘Ye niccaverā pana pāṇisaṅghā, te mettacittaṃ paramaṃ labhiṃsu; Kākā ulūkehi cariṃsu saddhiṃ, koṇā varāhehi akaṃsu keḷiṃ. ‘‘Ghorāpi sappānamukhāpi sappā, kīḷiṃsu kāmaṃ nakulehi saddhiṃ; Gaṇhiṃsu majjārasiresu yūkā, vissatthacittā gharamūsikāpi. ‘‘Buddhantarenāpi aladdhatoye, pisācaloke vigatā pipāsā; Khujjā ahesuṃ samacārukāyā, mūgā ca vācaṃ madhuraṃ lapiṃsu. ‘‘Pasannacittā pana pāṇisaṅghā, tadaññamaññaṃ piyamālapiṃsu; Assā ca hesiṃsu pahaṭṭhacittā, gajjiṃsu mattā varavāraṇāpi. ‘‘Surabhicandanacuṇṇasamākulā , kusumakuṅkumadhūpasugandhinī; Vividhacārumahaddhajamālinī, dasasahassi ahosi samantato’’ti.
其中,一万世界界的震动,是获得一切知智的前兆;诸天在一个轮围世界内集会,是在转法轮时于刹那间齐集闻法的前兆;诸天先领受法,是获得四种色界禅那的前兆;而后人间领受法,是获得四种无色界禅那的前兆;蒙皮鼓不击自鸣,是宣告大法鼓的前兆;琴与饰物不弹自响,是获得次第住的前兆;束缚自动断裂,是断除我慢的前兆;大众一切疾病消失,是获得四谛果的前兆;天生盲者得见色法,是获得天眼的前兆;耳聋者得闻声音,是获得天耳界的前兆。显示巴利原文
Tatra hissa dasasahassilokadhātukampo sabbaññutaññāṇapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, devatānaṃ ekacakkavāḷe sannipāto dhammacakkappavattanakāle ekappahāreneva sannipatitvā dhammapaṭiggahaṇassa pubbanimittaṃ, paṭhamaṃ devatānaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ catunnaṃ rūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ paṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, pacchā manussānaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ catunnaṃ arūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ paṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, cammanaddhadundubhīnaṃ sayameva vajjanaṃ mahantiyā dhammabheriyā anusāvanassa pubbanimittaṃ, vīṇābharaṇānaṃ sayameva vajjanaṃ anupubbavihārapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, bandhanānaṃ sayameva chedo asmimānasamucchedassa pubbanimittaṃ, mahājanassa sabbarogavigamo catusaccaphalapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, jaccandhānaṃ rūpadassanaṃ dibbacakkhupaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, badhirānaṃ saddassavanaṃ dibbasotadhātupaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ.
天生愚钝者生起忆念,是获得四念处的前兆;跛脚者能以脚行走,是获得四神足的前兆;去往外国的船只返回港口,是证得四无碍解的前兆;宝石自己闪耀光芒,是获得法光的前兆;地狱之火熄灭,是十一种火熄灭的前兆;河流之水停止流动,是获得四无畏的前兆;世界中间区域生起光明,破除无明之暗,是得见智光的前兆;大海之水变得甘甜,是以涅槃之味而成为一味的前兆;大风止息,是破除六十二种恶见的前兆;树木开花,是以解脱之花盛开的前兆。显示巴利原文
Jātijaḷānaṃ anussatuppādo catusatipaṭṭhānapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, paṅgulānaṃ padasā gamanaṃ caturiddhipādapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, videsagatānaṃ nāvānaṃ sapaṭṭanāgamanaṃ catupaṭisambhidādhigamassa, ratanānaṃ sayameva virocanaṃ dhammobhāsapaṭilābhassa, niraye agginibbāyanaṃ ekādasagginibbāyanassa, nadīsu toyassa nappavattanaṃ catuvesārajjapaṭilābhassa, lokantare āloko avijjandhakāraṃ vidhametvā ñāṇalokadassanassa, mahāsamuddassa madhurodakatā nibbānarasena ekarasabhāvassa, vātassa avāyanaṃ dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatabhedanassa, tarūnaṃ pupphitabhāvo vimuttipupphehi pupphitabhāvassa pubbanimittaṃ.
月亮格外明亮,是广受众人爱乐的前兆;太阳不炎热而清净,是引生身乐与心乐的前兆;鸟群从山林飞落地面行走,是大众听闻教诫后不惜身命皈依的前兆;巨大的云遍满四洲降下雨水,是降下大法雨的前兆;天众安住各自宫殿,以舞蹈等方式尽情游戏,是成佛后发出优陀那的前兆;门户自然敞开,是开启八正道门的前兆;饥渴的逼迫止息,是以解脱之乐成就安乐的前兆;怨敌获得慈心,是成就四梵住的前兆;一万个世界普同以同一旗帜为庄严,是圣者幢幡庄严的前兆;其余种种殊胜瑞相,当知是获得其余诸佛功德的前兆。显示巴利原文
Candassa ativirocanaṃ bahujanakantatāya pubbanimittaṃ, sūriyassa nātiuṇhavimalabhāvo kāyikacetasikasukhuppattiyā, khagānaṃ nagādīhi pathavigamanaṃ ovādaṃ sutvā mahājanassa pāṇehi saraṇagamanassa, mahato catuddīpagatameghassa pavassanaṃ mahato dhammavassassa, devatānaṃ sakasakabhavanesveva ṭhatvā naccādīhi kīḷanaṃ buddhabhāvaṃ patvā udānudānassa, dvārakavāṭānaṃ sayameva vivaraṇaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikamaggadvāravivaraṇassa, khudāpīḷanassa abhāvo vimuttisukhena sukhitabhāvassa, verīnaṃ mettacittapaṭilābho catubrahmavihārapaṭilābhassa, dasasahassilokadhātuyā ekadhajamālitā ariyadhajamālitāya pubbanimittaṃ, sesavisesā pana sesabuddhaguṇapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittānīti veditabbā.
那时,燃灯王子在宏大盛况的侍奉中,逐渐成长为容光焕发的青年。他在适宜三时的三座宫殿里,享受着如同天界般的王权之辉煌。在一次前往园林游赏的途中,他先后目睹了代表老、病、死的三位天使,内心生起强烈的悚惧,便当即折返,进入了一座名唤可爱城的都市。此城的繁荣与庄严,与善见城相仿。入城之后,他第四次召来乘象师,对他说:“朋友,我欲出外观赏园林,去准备象车吧。”乘象师回答道:“好的,大王!”随即备好了八万四千头大象。那时,据说有位名为毗首羯磨的天子,将菩萨精心妆饰起来:为他穿上各种色彩鲜艳的衣裳,佩戴项链、珠鬘、臂钏,戴上光彩夺目的新金手镯、宝冠与耳环,发髻上更是以极为芳洁的花鬘作为庄严。随后,燃灯王子一如天子,由八万四千头大象围绕,乘坐在最殊胜的象背上,在庞大军队的簇拥下,进入了那座令心欢喜的园林。他从象背而下,漫步游赏园中,随后在一处极度悦目、足令内心清凉的石板上坐下,生起了出家之念。就在那一刹间,一位来自净居天、已断除一切烦恼的大梵天,手持八种沙门资具,出现在他面前。显示巴利原文
Atha dīpaṅkarakumāro mahatiyā sampattiyā paricāriyamāno anukkamena bhaddaṃ yobbanaṃ patvā tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ anucchavikesu tīsu pāsādesu devalokasiriṃ viya rajjasirimanubhavanto uyyānakīḷāya gamanasamaye anukkamena jiṇṇabyādhimatasaṅkhāte tayo devadūte disvā sañjātasaṃvego nivattitvā sudassananagarasadisavibhavasobhaṃ rammavatī nāma nagaraṃ pāvisi. Nagaraṃ pavisitvā puna catutthavāre hatthācariyaṃ pakkosāpetvā etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, tāta, uyyānadassanatthāya nikkhamissāmi hatthiyānāni kappāpehī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti paṭisuṇitvā caturāsītihatthisahassāni kappāpesi. Atha vissakammo nāma devaputto bodhisattaṃ nānāvirāgavasananivāsanaṃ āmukkamuttāhārakeyūraṃ ruciranavakanakakaṭakamakuṭakuṇḍaladharaṃ paramasurabhikusumamālasamalaṅkatasiroruhaṃ samalaṅkari kira. Atha dīpaṅkarakumāro devakumāro viya caturāsītiyā hatthisahassehi parivuto hatthikkhandhavaragato mahatā balakāyena parivuto ratijananaṃ uyyānaṃ pavisitvā hatthikkhandhato oruyha taṃ uyyānamanusañcaritvā paramaruciradassane sakahadayasītale silātale nisīditvā pabbajjāya cittaṃ uppādesi . Taṅkhaṇaññeva suddhāvāsakhīṇāsavo mahābrahmā aṭṭha samaṇaparikkhāre ādāya mahāpurisassa cakkhupathe pāturahosi.
大士看见那景象,问道:“这是何物?”听闻“这是沙门资具”后,便卸下身上所有饰物,交予管衣饰的侍从,随即拔出吉祥剑,将发髻连同宝冠一并割下,抛向空中。其时,帝释天王以一只金篮接住那髻冠,在须弥山顶建造了一座纯由因陀罗蓝宝石所成、高约三由旬的塔,名为“髻塔”。接着,大士披上天赐的、作为阿罗汉旗帜的袈裟,又将一套白衣掷向虚空。大梵天接过这套衣袍,在梵天世界以种种珍宝建造了一座高十二由旬的塔。而燃灯菩萨出家之时,有一千万人随他一同出家。燃灯菩萨被那众多随从围绕着,精进修行达十个月。其后,在卫塞月的月圆之日,他为了托钵乞食,进入某座城邑。显示巴利原文
Mahāpuriso taṃ disvā – ‘‘kimida’’nti pucchitvā, ‘‘samaṇaparikkhāro’’ti sutvā alaṅkārabhaṇḍaṃ omuñcitvā pasādhanabhaṇḍāgārikassa hatthe datvā maṅgalakhaggamādāya saddhiṃ makuṭena kese chinditvā antalikkhe ākāse ukkhipi. Atha sakko devarājā suvaṇṇacaṅkoṭakena taṃ kesamakuṭaṃ ādāya sinerumuddhani tiyojanappamāṇaṃ indanīlamaṇimayaṃ makuṭacetiyaṃ nāma akāsi. Atha mahāpuriso devadattiyaṃ arahattadhajaṃ kāsāvaṃ paridahitvā sāṭakayugaṃ ākāse khipi. Taṃ brahmā paṭiggahetvā brahmaloke dvādasayojanikaṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ cetiyamakāsi. Dīpaṅkarakumāraṃ pana pabbajantaṃ ekā purisakoṭi anupabbaji. Tāya pana parisāya parivuto bodhisatto dasa māse padhānacariyaṃ acari. Atha visākhapuṇṇamāya aññataraṃ nagaraṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
据传在那座城市,那一天人们为了供养诸天,煮了不掺水的乳粥。当大士与随行大众入城乞食时,人们便施予他们食物。据说那食物足够数以俱胝计的比丘受用。众天又将天食放入大士的钵中。大士受用后,便在那娑罗林中度过白天。傍晚时分,他从禅坐起身,遣散大众,取了邪命外道苏难陀所给的八把草,前往毕波罗菩提树下。他铺好草垫,背靠九十肘高的菩提树干,结跏趺坐,决意修习四正勤,安坐于菩提树下。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ kira nagare taṃdivasaṃ devatānaṃ balikaraṇatthāya nirudakapāyāsaṃ paciṃsu. Tassa pana mahāsattassa saparisassa piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa manussā adaṃsu. Taṃ kira sabbesaṃ koṭisaṅkhyāyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pariyattaṃ ahosi. Mahāpurisassa pana patte devatā dibbojaṃ pakkhipiṃsu. Taṃ paribhuñjitvā tattheva sālavane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye paṭisallānā vuṭṭhāya gaṇaṃ vissajjetvā sunandena nāmājīvakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā pipphalibodhirukkhamūlaṃ gantvā tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā navutihatthaṃ bodhikkhandhaṃ piṭṭhito katvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā bodhirukkhamūle nisīdi.
接着,他摧破了魔军。初夜分,随念宿住;中夜分,令天眼清净;后夜分,依顺观与逆观思惟缘起,随后进入出入息第四禅那。出定后,他专注五蕴,以生灭观照见五十种相,令观智次第增长,直至种姓智。破晓时分,藉由圣道证悟佛陀的一切功德,发出狮子吼。此后,他在菩提树旁度过了七周,应梵天劝请而说法,于苏难陀园初转法轮,令百俱胝天人得尝法味甘露。犹如巨云降雨于四大洲,佛陀普降法雨,解除众生系缚,游化四方。显示巴利原文
Tato mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā rattiyā paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsaṃ anussaritvā majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhetvā pacchimayāme anulomapaṭilomavasena paccayākāraṃ sammasitvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya pañcasu khandhesu abhinivisitvā udayabbayavasena samapaññāsa lakkhaṇāni disvā yāva gotrabhuñāṇaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā aruṇodaye ariyamaggena sakalabuddhaguṇe paṭivijjhitvā buddhasīhanādaṃ naditvā sattasattāhaṃ bodhisamīpeyeva vītināmetvā brahmuno dhammadesanaṃ paṭiññāya sunandārāme dhammacakkaṃ pavattetvā koṭisatānaṃ devamanussānaṃ dhammāmataṃ pāyetvā catuddīpikamahāmegho viya dhammavassaṃ vassento mahājanassa bandhanamokkhaṃ karonto janapadacārikaṃ vicari.
那时,善慧智者正安住于禅定之乐,既没有看见大地震动,也没有看见那些瑞相。因此这样说:显示巴利原文
Tadā kira sumedhapaṇḍito samāpattisukhena vītināmento neva pathavikampanamaddasa na tāni nimittāni. Tena vuttaṃ –
当我如此获得成就,于教法中得自在时;
名为燃灯的胜者、世间导师便出现了。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ me siddhippattassa, vasībhūtassa sāsane; Dīpaṅkaro nāma jino, uppajji lokanāyako.
“当入胎时、诞生时,成正自觉时,以及转法轮时;”
这四种吉相我都未曾见到,因我正安住于禅那之乐中。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Uppajjante ca jāyante, bujjhante dhammadesane; Caturo nimitte nāddasaṃ, jhānaratisamappito’’ti.
其中,「evaṃ」(如此)是指示即将宣说的内容。「me」即「我」。「siddhippattassa」(成就者)指已获得五神通成就者。「vasībhūtassa」(自在者)指已得自在者,意思是已达娴熟自在的状态。「sāsane」(于教法中):在喜乐远离者的教法中,此处应视为表不敬义的属格。「jino」(胜者):因战胜烦恼敌,故名「胜者」。显示巴利原文
Tattha evanti idāni vattabbaṃ nidasseti. Meti mama. Siddhippattassāti pañcābhiññāsiddhippattassa. Vasībhūtassāti bhūtavasissa, ciṇṇavasībhāvamupagatassāti attho. Sāsaneti vivekamānasānaṃ sāsane, anādaralakkhaṇe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Jinoti kilesārijayanena jino.
「Uppajjante」(结生时):指于结生之际。「Jāyante」(出生时):指从母胎出时。「Bujjhante」(觉悟时):指证悟无上正自觉之际。「Dhammadesane」(说法时):指转法轮之际。「Caturo nimitte」(四种相):即四种征相。这是指在燃灯十力者的结生、降生、觉悟、转法轮这四个时刻,有一万世界界的震动等征相,即其含义。对此,有人问:‘然这些相甚多,为何说“四种相”?此不应理?’答:‘并非不应理。虽这些相甚多,但因于四时发生,故称“四种相”。’「Nāddasaṃ」(我未见):即我未曾见。今为显明未见彼四种相之因,故说「jhānaratisamappito」(具足禅那乐者)。「Jhānarati」(禅那乐):乃等至之乐的异名。因完全沉浸于禅那乐、具足禅那乐,故未见他们相——此即此处之义。显示巴利原文
Uppajjanteti paṭisandhiggahaṇe. Jāyanteti mātukucchito nikkhamane. Bujjhanteti anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhante. Dhammadesaneti dhammacakkappavattane. Caturonimitteti cattāri nimittāni. Dīpaṅkarassa dasabalassa paṭisandhi-jāti-bodhi-dhammacakkappavattanesu catūsu ṭhānesu dasasahassilokadhātukampanādīni nimittānīti attho. Etthāha – tāni pana bahūni nimittāni, kasmā ‘‘caturo nimitte’’ti vuttaṃ, ayuttaṃ nanūti? Nāyuttaṃ, yadipi etāni bahūni nimittāni, catūsu ṭhānesu pana pavattattā ‘‘caturo nimitte’’ti vuttaṃ. Nāddasanti nāddasiṃ. Idāni tesaṃ catunnaṃ nimittānaṃ adassane kāraṇaṃ niddisanto ‘‘jhānaratisamappito’’ti āha. Jhānaratīti samāpattisukhassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Jhānaratiyā samappitattā samaṅgībhūtattā tāni nimittāni nāddasanti attho.
那时,燃灯十力佛由四群十万漏尽者围绕,次第游行,到达了名为「庄严」的极其美妙之城,住在善见大寺。庄严城居民闻说:「燃灯十力佛证得无上正自觉、转起殊胜法轮后,次第游行,已至庄严城,住于善见大寺。」他们便带着熟酥、药物等,用过早餐,穿着洁净的上衣,手持花、香、涂香,前往佛陀所在之处。到达后,顶礼大师,以花等供养,退坐一面,听闻极为甘美的法音。随后邀请世尊明日应供,从座而起,右绕十力佛,离去。显示巴利原文
Atha tasmiṃ kāle dīpaṅkaradasabalo catūhi khīṇāsavasatasahassehi parivuto anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno paramarammaṃ rammaṃ nāma nagaraṃ patvā sudassanamahāvihāre paṭivasati. Rammanagaravāsino ‘‘dīpaṅkaro kira dasabalo anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakko anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno rammanagaraṃ patvā sudassanamahāvihāre paṭivasatī’’ti sutvā sappiādīni bhesajjāni gahetvā bhuttapātarāsā suddhuttarāsaṅgā pupphadhūpagandhahatthā yena buddho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā satthāraṃ vanditvā pupphādīhi pūjetvā ekamantaṃ nisīditvā atimadhuraṃ dhammakathaṃ sutvā svātanāya bhagavantaṃ nimantetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā dasabalaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.
第二天,他们准备了无与伦比的大施,搭建棚阁,以清净柔软的蓝莲花铺设,用四种香料涂抹地面,并撒上炒米等香花;在棚阁四角,安置盛满清凉甘甜水的瓮,以芭蕉叶覆盖;棚阁上方,张挂如同胜利茉莉花般悦目的布幔,并以金、宝、银所成的星点作点缀;在那里悬挂香鬘、花鬘、叶鬘与宝鬘;燃起熏香,令香烟如云层弥漫;又将整座庄严城清扫干净,安置结有果实的芭蕉树,以及以花装饰的满水罐;竖起种种彩色幢幡;沿着大路两侧,围起布帷。为了装点燃灯十力者的来路,众人把被水冲坏处填上泥土,填平坑洼使地面平整,铺上珍珠般洁白的沙粒,再撒上炒米等香花,并在路口安置结有果实的芭蕉树。显示巴利原文
Te punadivase asadisamahādānaṃ sajjetvā maṇḍapaṃ kāretvā vimalakomalehi nīluppalehi chādetvā catujjātigandhena paribhaṇḍaṃ kāretvā lājapañcamāni surabhikusumāni vikiritvā maṇḍapassa catūsu koṇesu sītalamadhuravāripuṇṇā cāṭiyo ṭhapetvā kadalipaṇṇehi pidahitvā maṇḍapopari jayasumanakusumasadisaṃ paramaruciradassanaṃ celavitānaṃ bandhitvā suvaṇṇamaṇirajatatārakāhi racayitvā tattha gandhadāmapupphadāmapattadāmaratanadāmāni olambetvā dhūpehi duddinaṃ katvā sakalañca taṃ rammaṃ rammanagaraṃ sammaṭṭhaṃ saphalakadaliyo ca pupphasamalaṅkate puṇṇaghaṭe ca ṭhapāpetvā nānāvirāgā dhajapaṭākāyo ca samussāpetvā mahāvīthiyā ubhosu passesu sāṇipākārehi parikkhipitvā dīpaṅkaradasabalassa āgamanamaggaṃ alaṅkarontā udakaparibhinnaṭṭhānesu paṃsuṃ pakkhipitvā cikkhallakampi pathaviṃ asamaṃ samaṃ katvā muttāsadisāhi vālukāhi ākiranti, lājapañcamehi ca pupphehi ākiranti, saphalakadalikamuke ca patiṭṭhāpenti.
那时,善慧苦行者从他的草庵出来,于虚空中飞行,经过庄严城居民的上方。他看见那些满怀欢喜的人们正清扫和庄严道路,心想:“这是什么缘故呢?”便在众人的注视下,从空中降下,立于一旁,问那些人:“喂!你们是为了谁在清扫这条路呢?”因此说道:显示巴利原文
Atha tasmiṃ kāle sumedhatāpaso attano assamapadato uggantvā rammanagaravāsīnaṃ tesaṃ manussānaṃ uparibhāgena ākāsena gacchanto te haṭṭhapahaṭṭhe maggaṃ sodhente ca alaṅkaronte ca disvā – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho kāraṇa’’nti cintetvā sabbesaṃ passantānaññeva ākāsato oruyha ekamante ṭhatvā te manusse pucchi – ‘‘ambho! Kassatthāya tumhe imaṃ maggaṃ sodhethā’’ti? Tena vuttaṃ –
在边地,迎请如来之后,
为迎接他的到来,满怀欣喜地清扫道路。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paccantadesavisaye, nimantetvā tathāgataṃ; Tassa āgamanaṃ maggaṃ, sodhenti tuṭṭhamānasā.
那时,我从自己的草庵走出;
我一边抖着树皮衣,那时行于空中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, nikkhamitvā sakassamā; Dhunanto vākacīrāni, gacchāmi ambare tadā.
看见那些满心喜悦、满意又欢喜的人们;
从空中下来后,我即刻向那些人询问。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vedajātaṃ janaṃ disvā, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhaṃ pamoditaṃ; Orohitvāna gaganā, manusse pucchi tāvade.
大众满意、欣喜、欢喜,心生雀跃;
为谁清理这条道路、这条路径、这条通途呢?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamudito, vedajāto mahājano; Kassa sodhīyati maggo, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyana’’nti.
在这里,“边地地域”指中部区域某一方被称为边地的地方。“从那里应来的路”,意思是应当从那里过来的路。“我在那个时候”,即“我在那个时刻”,此处的具格应理解为表示处所的位格含义。“从自己的住处出来”,即离开自己的隐居处所。“抖落”,即抖掉、甩掉的意思。再者,“在那个时刻”与“在那时”意思相同,因此应将前一词与“出离”的动作相连,后一词与“行走”的动作相连,如此理解;若不这样区分,便难免有重复用词之过。而“在那时”即“在那个时刻”的意思。显示巴利原文
Tattha paccantadesavisayeti majjhimadesasseva ekapasse paccantadesasaññite janapade. Tassa āgamanaṃ magganti tena āgantabbaṃ magganti attho. Ahaṃ tena samayenāti ahaṃ tasmiṃ samaye, bhummatthe cetaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sakassamāti attano assamapadato nikkhamitvā. Dhunantoti odhunanto. ‘‘Tena samayena’’ ca, ‘‘tadā’’ cāti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ padānaṃ ekatthattā purimassa nikkhamanakiriyāya pacchimassa ca gamanakiriyāya saddhiṃ sambandho veditabbo, itarathā punaruttidosā na muccati. Tadāti tasmiṃ samaye.
「心生喜悦」,即内心生起了喜悦。而「满意、高兴、欢喜」这三个词,彼此互为同义词,用来相互阐明含义。或者可以这样说:因快乐而「满意」,因喜悦而「高兴」,因愉悦而「欢喜」。「降下后」即“下来之后”。「问人们」就是“询问众人”,这也是原文的一种读法。「那时」的意思是“当时,就在那一刻”。接下来,为了显示所问的意义,才说了「满意、高兴、欢喜」等语句。在此处,说这大众满意、高兴,怀着欢喜心在「整治」道路,是出于什么原因要整治呢?或者是为了谁才整治呢?应当这样将「整治」一词引入来理解其含义,否则文意便不通顺。所谓「被整治」,就是“被收拾得干净整洁”的意思。至于「道路、路径、通道」,这些都是“道路”的同义词。显示巴利原文
Vedajātanti sañjātasomanassaṃ. Tuṭṭhahaṭṭhaṃ pamoditanti imāni tīṇi padāni aññamaññavevacanāni aññamaññassa atthadīpanāni. Atha vā sukhena tuṭṭhaṃ, pītiyā haṭṭhaṃ, pāmojjena pamuditaṃ. Orohitvānāti otaritvā. Manusse pucchīti mānuse pucchi. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Tāvadeti tadā, taṅkhaṇeyevāti attho. Idāni pucchitamatthaṃ dassentena ‘‘tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamudito’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ayaṃ mahājano tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamoditahadayo hutvā maggaṃ sodheti, kiṃ kāraṇā sodheti, kassatthāya vā sodhetīti? Evaṃ ‘‘sodheti’’ saddaṃ āharitvā attho daṭṭhabbo, itarathā na yujjati. Sodhīyatīti suddhabhāvo karīyati. Maggo añjasaṃ vaṭumāyananti maggassevetāni vevacanāni.
当善慧苦行者这样询问时,那些人便回答:“善慧尊者,您难道不知道吗?有一位名为燃灯佛的佛陀,证得无上正自觉后,转动了殊胜的法轮,正在各地游行教化,一路渐次来到我们的城市,如今安住在善见大寺里。我们邀请了彼世尊,正是为了那位佛陀、世尊的来临,才在整治这条道路。”听了这话,善慧智者心中想到:“光是‘佛陀’这个名号的声音,在世间都极难听闻,更何况佛陀真正出现于世呢。既然如此,我也应当与这些人一起,为这位具足十力的世尊整治来临的道路。”于是他便对那些人说:“贤友们,如果你们是为那位佛陀而整治这条路,那也请分给我一块地方,我也要和你们一起为佛陀整治道路。”那些人随即应允道:“好的!”他们心里清楚这位善慧智者具有大神力、大威力,便特地找了一处极难整治、积满泥水、崎岖不平的地方,指着那里对他说:“那这一块地方,就请您来整治、美化吧!”便把任务交给了他。善慧智者于是生起了以佛陀为所缘的喜悦,心中思量道:“我固然能用神通力将这块地方变得极其美妙庄严,但如果那样做,我内心并不会感到满意。今天……显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tena sumedhatāpasena puṭṭhā te manussā āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante sumedha, kiṃ na jānātha dīpaṅkaro nāma buddho anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakko janapadacārikaṃ caramāno anukkamena amhākaṃ nagaraṃ patvā sudassanamahāvihāre paṭivasati, mayaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ nimantayitvā tasseva buddhassa bhagavato āgamanamaggaṃ sodhemā’’ti. Tato taṃ sutvā sumedhapaṇḍito cintesi – ‘‘buddhoti kho panesa ghosopi dullabho, pageva buddhuppādo, tena hi mayāpi imehi manussehi saddhiṃ dasabalassa āgamanamaggaṃ sodhetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. So te manusse āha – ‘‘sace, bho, tumhe imaṃ maggaṃ buddhassa sodhetha, mayhampi ekaṃ okāsaṃ detha, ahampi tumhehi saddhiṃ buddhassa maggaṃ sodhessāmī’’ti. Tato te ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā – ‘‘ayaṃ sumedhapaṇḍito mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo’’ti jānamānā dubbisodhanaṃ udakasambhinnaṃ ativiya visamaṃ ekaṃ okāsaṃ sallakkhetvā – ‘‘imaṃ okāsaṃ tumhe sodhetha alaṅkarotha cā’’ti adaṃsu. Tato sumedhapaṇḍito buddhārammaṇaṃ pītiṃ uppādetvā cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ pana imaṃ okāsaṃ iddhiyā paramadassanīyaṃ kātuṃ pahomi, evaṃ kate pana maṃ na paritosessati. Ajja pana mayā kāyaveyyāvaccaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti paṃsuṃ āharitvā taṃ padesaṃ pūreti.
然而,当那块地方尚未清理完毕、工程还在进行之时,喜乐城的居民们便向世尊通报了时间,说:“尊者,斋饭已经备好。”在众人这样适时通报之后,具足十力的世尊便穿上了一件色泽如胜妙花般的双层下衣,遮覆了三轮;然后在下衣之上,系上他那如同以金蔓缠绕胜妙花束一般的腰带,腰带闪耀着宛如闪电的光芒;接着,他披上一件极为殊胜的粪扫衣作为外衣,其颜色就像沾满紫胶汁液的无忧树花那样红艳。这披衣的姿态,庄严得仿佛将紫胶汁倾泻在金色的山顶,又如用珊瑚网围绕着一座黄金佛塔,还像用红色毛毯包裹着一个金枕头,更如同秋季的满月被映红的雨云所笼罩。穿戴整齐后,他从香室的门出来,犹如一头狮子从金色洞窟中跃出,随后站立在香室的正前方。这时,所有比丘各持自己的衣钵,围聚在世尊身旁。那些围聚而立的比丘大众,展现出这般威仪——显示巴利原文
Tassa pana tasmiṃ padese asodhite vippakateyeva rammanagaravāsino manussā bhagavato kālamārocesuṃ – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, bhante, bhatta’’nti. Evaṃ tehi kāle ārocite dasabalo jayasumanakusumasadisavaṇṇaṃ dupaṭṭacīvaraṃ timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādetvā nivāsetvā tassupari suvaṇṇapāmaṅgena jayasumanakusumakalāpaṃ parikkhipanto viya vijjulatāsassirikaṃ kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā kanakagirisikharamatthake lākhārasaṃ parisiñcanto viya suvaṇṇacetiyaṃ pavāḷajālena parikkhipanto viya ca suvaṇṇagghikaṃ rattakambalena paṭimuñcanto viya ca saradasamayarajanikaraṃ rattavalāhakena paṭicchādento viya ca lākhārasena tintakiṃsukakusumasadisavaṇṇaṃ rattavarapaṃsukūlacīvaraṃ pārupitvā gandhakuṭidvārato kañcanaguhato sīho viya nikkhamitvā gandhakuṭipamukhe aṭṭhāsi. Atha sabbe bhikkhū attano attano pattacīvaramādāya bhagavantaṃ parivārayiṃsu. Te pana parivāretvā ṭhitā bhikkhū evarūpā ahesuṃ –
他们少欲知足,善说法要,堪忍教诲,
远离愦闹,不乐交游,善受调御,常自呵责诸恶。
他们都是戒具足者,精通定与禅那;
他们具足慧与解脱,成就三明五通。
他们诸漏已尽,心得自在,具足神通,享有盛誉;
诸根寂静,调伏圆满,清净无染,灭尽后有。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Appicchā pana santuṭṭhā, vattāro vacanakkhamā; Pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā, vinītā pāpagarahino. ‘‘Sabbepi sīlasampannā, samādhijjhānakovidā; Paññāvimuttisampannā, tipañcacaraṇāyutā. ‘‘Khīṇāsavā vasippattā, iddhimanto yasassino; Santindriyā damappattā, suddhā khīṇapunabbhavā’’ti.
就这样,世尊自身离贪,为离贪者所围绕;自身离瞋,为离瞋者所围绕;自身离痴,为离痴者所围绕,显得格外辉耀。那时,导师由四十万具有大神力、漏尽、六神通的漏尽者围绕,犹如被天众环绕的千眼帝释,又如被梵众环绕的哈利大梵天。凭借无量劫累积的善业力所生的无与伦比的佛陀威仪,他如同被群星环绕的秋月,在天空中踏上了那条已经装饰妥当的道路。显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavā sayaṃ vītarāgo vītarāgehi vītadoso vītadosehi vītamoho vītamohehi parivuto ativiya virocittha. Atha satthā mahānubhāvānaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ chaḷabhiññānaṃ catūhi satasahassehi parivuto marugaṇaparivuto dasasatanayano viya brahmagaṇaparivuto hāritamahābrahmā viya ca aparimitasamayasamupacitakusalabalajanitāya anopamāya buddhalīḷāya tārāgaṇaparivuto saradasamayarajanikaro viya ca gaganatalaṃ taṃ maggaṃ alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ paṭipajji.
凭借金色光辉,智者使路边的树木呈现金色,此为传闻;
令花朵亦成金色,那金色身者踏上了道路。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇāya pabhāya dhīro, suvaṇṇavaṇṇe kira maggarukkhe; Suvaṇṇavaṇṇe kusume karonto, suvaṇṇavaṇṇo paṭipajji maggaṃ’’.
善慧苦行者沿着那条装点齐备的道路,望见燃灯佛世尊正向自己走来。世尊具足三十二大人相,复有八十随形好相映衬,由一寻身光所环绕,闪耀如帝青宝,于空中放射六色佛光,宛若种种闪电,色身殊胜端严,无以复加。他睁开双眼,仔细瞻仰,心想:‘今日我应为十力者捐舍生命。’于是说道:‘请世尊不要踏进泥泞,如同踏上宝石板桥一般,与四众弟子及十万漏尽比丘一道,踩着我的背脊走过吧,这将给我带来长久的利益与安乐。’于是,他散开头发,将鹿皮、发髻和树皮衣铺在那黑色的泥泞之上,自己便仰面躺在泥泞里。因此(经中)说:显示巴利原文
Sumedhatāpasopi tena alaṅkatapaṭiyattena maggena āgacchantassa dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ asītiyā anubyañjanehi anurañjitaṃ byāmappabhāya parikkhepaṃ sassirikaṃ indanīlamaṇisadisaṃ ākāse nānappakārā vijjulatā viya chabbaṇṇabuddharasmiyo vissajjentaṃ rūpasobhaggappattaṃ attabhāvaṃ akkhīni ummīletvā oloketvā – ‘‘ajja mayā dasabalassa jīvitapariccāgaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti, ‘‘mā bhagavā kalale akkami, maṇimayaphalakasetuṃ akkamanto viya saddhiṃ catūhi khīṇāsavasatasahassehi mama piṭṭhiṃ akkamanto gacchatu, taṃ me bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti kese mocetvā ajinajaṭāvākacīrāni kāḷavaṇṇe kalale pattharitvā tattheva kalalapiṭṭhe nipajji. Tena vuttaṃ –
他们回答我的提问:‘世间无上的佛陀,’
名为燃灯的胜者出现于世,他是世间的导师。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Te me puṭṭhā viyākaṃsu, buddho loke anuttaro; Dīpaṅkaro nāma jino, uppajji lokanāyako; Tassa sodhīyati maggo, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ.
一听到“佛陀”这个词,喜悦便在我心中生起;
我口中反复说着“佛陀、佛陀”,倾诉着心中的喜悦。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Buddhoti vacanaṃ sutvāna, pīti uppajji tāvade; Buddho buddhoti kathayanto, somanassaṃ pavedayiṃ.
‘‘Tattha ṭhatvā vicintesiṃ, tuṭṭho saṃviggamānaso; Idha bījāni ropissaṃ, khaṇo ve mā upaccagā.
若你们正为佛陀清扫道路,也请为我留一处地方;
我亦将清扫那条笔直、平坦、通畅的大道。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yadi buddhassa sodhetha, ekokāsaṃ dadātha me; Ahampi sodhayissāmi, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ.
那时他们给了我一块地方,令我去清理那条大道;
我心中一直默念着“佛陀,佛陀”,当时正在清理那条道路。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Adaṃsu te mamokāsaṃ, sodhetuṃ añjasaṃ tadā; Buddho buddhoti cintento, maggaṃ sodhemahaṃ tadā.
当我所应作尚未成办时,燃灯大牟尼,
与四十万六通具足、寂静如如的比丘们一起,
与诸漏尽、无垢者,胜利者步上了道路。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aniṭṭhite mamokāse, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni; Catūhi satasahassehi, chaḷabhiññehi tādihi; Khīṇāsavehi vimalehi, paṭipajji añjasaṃ jino.
迎送仪式正进行,众多鼓声齐敲响;
欢欣鼓舞的人与天,发出了‘善哉’的赞叹。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paccuggamanā vattanti, vajjanti bheriyo bahū; Āmoditā naramarū, sādhukāraṃ pavattayuṃ.
‘‘Devā manusse passanti, manussāpi ca devatā; Ubhopi te pañjalikā, anuyanti tathāgataṃ.
天人奏天界之乐,人间奏人间之乐;
二者皆奏乐相随,追随如来前行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Devā dibbehi turiyehi, manussā mānusehi ca; Ubhopi te vajjayantā, anuyanti tathāgataṃ.
天界的曼陀罗花、莲花、珊瑚树花;
住于虚空中的诸天,向四方抛撒。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ; Disodisaṃ okiranti, ākāsanabhagatā marū.
天界的栴檀粉末,与种种绝妙之香;
住于虚空的天人们,将它们向四方纷纷抛撒。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dibbaṃ candanacuṇṇañca, varagandhañca kevalaṃ; Disodisaṃ okiranti, ākāsanabhagatā marū.
占巴树、莎罗树、尼波树,以及龙树、富楼那树和葛塔拉树;
立于大地之上的人们,将花朵向四方高高抛起。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Campakaṃ saralaṃ nīpaṃ, nāgapunnāgaketalaṃ; Disodisaṃ ukkhipanti, bhūmitalagatā narā.
我解开发髻,将树皮衣与鹿皮铺在那里;
铺在泥沼上,俯身躺下。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kese muñcitvāhaṃ tattha, vākacīrañca cammakaṃ; Kalale pattharitvāna, avakujjo nipajjahaṃ.
愿佛陀踏我身上,与弟子们一同走过吧;
愿他莫踩入泥沼,如此对我才有利益。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Akkamitvāna maṃ buddho, saha sissehi gacchatu; Mā naṃ kalale akkamittha, hitāya me bhavissatī’’ti.
在此,‘记说’即他们作了记别;也有读作‘名为燃灯的胜者,为其清理道路’的。‘表达喜悦’是指他们体验着喜悦,这便是其含义。‘站在那里’指在那个他从空中降下的地方,就站在原地。‘悚惧心’即心中充满喜悦与惊奇。‘此处’指在这个燃灯佛的福田里。‘种子’即善的种子。‘我将种植’即我将种下这些种子。‘刹那’指远离了八种无暇时刻的第九种,是众多时机的聚集;那种极为难得的时机已经被我得到了。这里的‘ve’只是没有实义的小品词。‘莫超越’意思是但愿它不要消逝、不要越过,这是它的意义。‘请给与’即请你们施舍。‘他们’指那些被我问询的人们。显示巴利原文
Tattha viyākaṃsūti byākariṃsu. ‘‘Dīpaṅkaro nāma jino, tassa sodhīyati patho’’tipi pāṭho. Somanassaṃ pavedayinti somanassamanubhavinti attho. Tattha ṭhatvāti yasmiṃ padese ākāsato otari, tattheva ṭhatvā. Saṃviggamānasoti pītivimhitamānaso. Idhāti imasmiṃ dīpaṅkare puññakkhette. Bījānīti kusalabījāni. Ropissanti ropissāmi. Khaṇoti aṭṭhakkhaṇavirahito navamo khaṇasannipāto. Atidullabho so mayā paṭiladdho. Veti nipātamattaṃ. Mā upaccagāti so mā accagamā, mā atikkamīti attho. Dadāthāti detha. Teti ye me puṭṭhā manussā, teti attho. Sodhemahaṃ tadāti sodhemi ahaṃ tadā. Aniṭṭhiteti apariyosite vippakate. Khīṇāsavehīti ettha cattāro āsavā – kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavoti (cūḷani. jatukaṇṇimāṇavapucchāniddesa 69) ime cattāro āsavā yesaṃ khīṇā pahīnā samucchinnā paṭippassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, te khīṇāsavā, tehi khīṇāsavehi. Khīṇāsavattāyeva vimalehi.
关于‘天人们看见人’,这里并没有特别说明天人以何种方式看见人,而是基于通常的观看方式:如同人们站在此处观看一般,天人也是这样看见人的。‘Devatā’指天神们。‘两者’即两类,天神与人。‘合掌者’即双手合十的人,意为将双掌合拢置于头顶。‘追随如来’即跟随在如来的身后行走。在表达追随这一意义时,于表示领属关系的语境中会使用业格,这是一条语法规则,因此说‘追随如来’。‘奏乐者’即正在演奏乐器的人们。显示巴利原文
Devā manusse passantīti ettha devānaṃ manussadassane vattabbaṃ natthi, pakatidassanavasena pana yathā manussā idha ṭhatvā passanti, evaṃ devāpi manusse passantīti attho. Devatāti deve. Ubhopīti ubho devamanussā. Pañjalikāti katapañjalikā, ubhopi hatthe sirasi patiṭṭhāpetvāti attho. Anuyanti tathāgatanti tathāgatassa pacchato yanti, anuyoge sati sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ hotīti lakkhaṇaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘anuyanti tathāgata’’nti. Vajjayantāti vādentā.
‘曼陀罗花’就是曼陀罗花。‘从各个方向’就是从每一个方位。‘散撒’就是四处抛洒。‘行于虚空’意思是行于名为虚空的天空之中;或者也可以说,行于虚空就是前往了天界,因为‘虚空’这个词也用来指称天界。‘Marū’就是不死的天神们。‘娑罗花’就是娑罗树的花朵。‘尼波花’就是迦昙婆花。‘龙树花、奔那伽花、凯塔迦花’指的是这些树各自的花。‘落于地上’就是掉落到了地面上。显示巴利原文
Mandāravanti mandāravapupphaṃ. Disodisanti disato disato. Okirantīti avakiranti. Ākāsanabhagatāti ākāsasaṅkhāte nabhasi gatā. Atha vā ākāsaṃ gatā saggagatāva. ‘‘Nabho’’ti hi saggo vuccati. Marūti amarā. Saralanti saralatarukusumaṃ. Nīpanti kadambapupphaṃ. Nāgapunnāgaketakanti nāgapunnāgaketakapupphāni ca. Bhūmitalagatāti bhūmigatā.
“Kesemuñcitvāhaṃ”(我解开头发):意为将结成髻、弯曲盘绕的头发解开,并散开。“Tattha”(在那里):指那个施舍给我的位置。“Cammaka”(兽皮):一片皮革。“Kalale”(泥沼):泥泞的泥浆。“Avakujjo”(俯身):头朝下、脸朝地。“Nipajjahaṃ”(我躺下):我俯卧下来。“Mā”是否定小品词,“nanti”是填充音节的小品词;整句的意思是:“愿佛陀莫踏入泥沼”(mā naṃ kalale akkamittha)。“那将对我有利益”(Hitāya me bhavissati):指佛陀不踏入泥沼这件事,会在漫长的轮回中对我有利益。也有读作“将为我带来安乐”(Sukhāya me bhavissati)的。显示巴利原文
Kesemuñcitvāhanti ahaṃ kese baddhā kalāpakuṭilajaṭā muñcitvā, vippakiritvāti attho. Tatthāti mayhaṃ dinne okāse. Cammakanti cammakkhaṇḍaṃ. Kalaleti cikkhallakaddame. Avakujjoti adhomukho hutvā. Nipajjahanti nipajjiṃ ahaṃ. Mā nanti ettha māti paṭisedhatthe nipāto. Nanti padapūraṇatthe nipāto, buddho kalale mā akkamitthāti attho. Hitāya me bhavissatīti taṃ kalale anakkamanaṃ dīgharattaṃ mama hitatthāya bhavissatīti. ‘‘Sukhāya me bhavissatī’’tipi pāṭho.
善慧智者躺在泥沼上这样思惟:“如果我愿意,便可以烧尽一切烦恼,成为僧团中的新学比丘而入城。然而,以隐姓埋名的方式烧尽烦恼来证得涅槃,对我来说并不必要。我应该如同燃灯佛这位十力者一样,证得无上正觉,驾起佛法之舟,度脱广大众生出离轮回苦海,然后才入般涅槃——这对我来说才合适。”于是他圆满具足八种法,发起成就佛果的大愿,然后躺下。因此说道:显示巴利原文
Tato sumedhapaṇḍito kalalapiṭṭhe nipanno evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘sacāhaṃ iccheyyaṃ sabbakilese jhāpetvā saṅghanavako hutvā rammanagaraṃ paviseyyaṃ, aññātakavesena pana me kilese jhāpetvā nibbānappattiyā kiccaṃ natthi, yaṃnūnāhaṃ dīpaṅkaradasabalo viya paramābhisambodhiṃ patvā dhammanāvaṃ āropetvā mahājanaṃ saṃsārasāgarā uttāretvā pacchā parinibbāyeyyaṃ, idaṃ me patirūpa’’nti. Tato aṭṭha dhamme samodhānetvā buddhabhāvāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipajji. Tena vuttaṃ –
我躺在大地上时,心中这样想:
如果我如今愿意,便能烧尽自己的烦恼。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pathaviyaṃ nipannassa, evaṃ me āsi cetaso; Icchamāno ahaṃ ajja, kilese jhāpaye mama.
我应当证得「一切知智」(sabbaññutaṃ),成为「含天神世界」(sadevaka)中的「佛陀」(buddho)。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, buddho hessaṃ sadevake.
仅得自己一人度脱,成为具大力的丈夫,于我又有何意义?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiṃ me ekena tiṇṇena, purisena thāmadassinā; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ.
“我以这已经做成的「管理」(即所作的行为、业行),在「最上人」(指至高无上的人,即佛陀)之中成就之后;
证得一切知智已,当度无量诸众生。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Iminā me adhikārena, katena purisuttame; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, tāremi janataṃ bahuṃ.
“截断「轮回之流」(saṃsārasota),摧毁「三有」(即三种生存状态:欲有、色有、无色有)之后;
登上法舟,我将度化含天人的一切世间。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saṃsārasotaṃ chinditvā, viddhaṃsetvā tayo bhave; Dhammanāvaṃ samāruyha, santāressaṃ sadevaka’’nti.
其中,“pathaviyaṃ nipannassā”指躺在大地上的人;也有同样的读法。“Cetaso”意为心中的思虑,即心中起了这样的思虑。另有一种读法是“Evaṃ me āsi cetanā”。“Icchamāno”意为希望、期求。“烦恼”(kilesa):因为能染污、烧灼有情,故称为烦恼,即贪等十种烦恼。“Jhāpaye”意为应当烧尽,也就是愿我的烦恼被烧尽。显示巴利原文
Tattha pathaviyaṃ nipannassāti puthaviyā nipannassa. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Cetasoti cetaso parivitakko ahosīti attho. ‘‘Evaṃ me āsi cetanā’’tipi pāṭho. Icchamānoti ākaṅkhamāno. Kileseti kilissanti upatāpentīti kilesā, rāgādayo dasa. Jhāpayeti jhāpeyyaṃ, mama kilese jhāpaye ahanti attho.
“Kiṃ”是表示否定反问的词语。“Aññātavesena”:以不明显、不为人知、隐蔽的方式。但在此处,其用意是:为何要像一些比丘那样,只灭尽诸漏便终了?为何不在圆满成佛之法后,于结生、诞生、成正觉、转法轮时令大地强烈震动,成为觉者而能觉悟他人,成为渡者而能渡化他人,成为解脱者而能解脱他人呢?“Sadevaka”:指包含天神的世间。显示巴利原文
Kinti paṭikkhepavacanaṃ. Aññātavesenāti apākaṭavesena, aviññātena paṭicchannena. Idha pana bhikkhū viya āsavakkhayaṃ katvā kiṃ, buddhakare dhamme pūretvā paṭisandhijātibodhidhammacakkappavattanesu mahāpathavikampanaṃ katvā buddho bodhetā, tiṇṇo tāretā, mutto mocetā bhaveyyanti adhippāyo. Sadevaketi sadevake loke.
“Thāmadassinā”:观察自身力量者。“Santāressaṃ”:我将度脱。“Sadevakaṃ”:指包含天神的众生群体,或含天神的世间。“Adhikārenā”:以殊胜的业行;意思是:我(菩萨)舍弃了生命,躺在泥浆上以表决心,这便是殊胜的业行。显示巴利原文
Thāmadassināti attano thāmabalaṃ passamānena. Santāressanti santāressāmi. Sadevakanti sadevakaṃ sattanikāyaṃ, sadevakaṃ lokaṃ vā. Adhikārenāti adhivisiṭṭhena kārena, buddhassa mama jīvitaṃ pariccajitvā kalalapiṭṭhe sayanenādhikārenāti attho.
“轮回流”(saṃsārasota):因业与烦恼之力,于诸生趣、识住、有情居中,由此至彼流转不绝,是名轮回。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Saṃsārasotanti kammakilesavasena yonigativiññāṇaṭṭhitinavasattāvāsesu ito cito ca saṃsaraṇaṃ saṃsāro. Yathāha –
诸蕴的次第,以及界与处的次第,
它们无间地流转相续,是名轮回。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Khandhānañca paṭipāṭi, dhātuāyatanānañca; Abbocchinnaṃ vattamānā, saṃsāroti pavuccatī’’ti. (visuddhi. 2.619; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.95 apasādanāvaṇṇanā; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 2.2.60; a. ni. aṭṭha. 2.4.199; dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; vibha. aṭṭha. 226 saṅkhāpadaniddesa; su. ni. aṭṭha. 2.523; udā. aṭṭha. 39; itivu. aṭṭha. 14, 58; theragā. aṭṭha. 1.67, 99; cūḷani. aṭṭha. 6; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.1.117);
轮回(saṃsāro),而它又是流(sotaṃ),所以称为“轮回流”(saṃsārasotaṃ),即那个轮回流。或谓,轮回之流即是轮回流,意思是:断除那作为轮回之因的渴爱之流。“三有”(tayo bhaveti):即欲有、色有、无色有。能引生三有的业与烦恼,于此即称为“三有”。“法船”(dhammanāvanti):即圣八支道。依其能渡越四瀑流之义,故名为“法船”。“登上”(samāruyhāti):即登上之义。“我将度脱”(santāressanti):即我将度脱。然而,对于志求成佛者来说——显示巴利原文
Saṃsāro ca so sotaṃ ceti saṃsārasotaṃ, taṃ saṃsārasotaṃ. Atha vā saṃsārassa sotaṃ saṃsārasotaṃ, saṃsārakāraṇaṃ taṇhāsotaṃ chinditvāti attho. Tayo bhaveti kāmarūpārūpabhave. Tibhavanibbattakakammakilesā tayo bhavāti adhippetā. Dhammanāvanti ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ. So hi caturoghuttaraṇaṭṭhena ‘‘dhammanāvā’’ti vuccati. Samāruyhāti āruyha. Santāressanti santāressāmi. Yasmā pana buddhattaṃ patthentassa –
‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ; Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā; Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhati’’.
其中,“人身”是指:唯有安住于人身而发愿成佛者,其愿方能成就;若生于龙等类中,所发之愿则不能成就。何以故?因其为无因故。显示巴利原文
Tattha manussattanti manussattabhāveyeva ṭhatvā buddhattaṃ patthentassa patthanā samijjhati, na nāgajātiādīsu ṭhitānaṃ. Kasmāti ce? Ahetukabhāvato.
“相成就”是指:即便处于人身,也唯有具备男性特征者,其愿方能成就;若为女人、黄门或二根人,所发之愿便不得成就。何以故?因其缺乏圆满之相故。正如经中所说:“诸比丘,此无有是处,无有此事,谓女人得作阿拉汉、正自觉者。”因此,虽同属人类,若现为女身,其愿亦不成就。显示巴利原文
Liṅgasampattīti manussattabhāve vattamānassāpi purisaliṅge ṭhitasseva patthanā samijjhati, na itthiyā vā paṇḍakanapuṃsakaubhatobyañjanakānaṃ vā samijjhati . Kasmāti ce? Lakkhaṇapāripūriyā abhāvato. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ itthī arahaṃ assa sammāsambuddho’’ti (ma. ni. 3.130; a. ni. 1.279; vibha. 809) vitthāro. Tasmā itthiliṅge ṭhitassa manussajātikassāpi patthanā na samijjhati.
「因」是指:即使身为男子,也唯有在那一生中,具足证得阿拉汉果的因缘,其愿才得成就;不具足因缘者,则不能成就。显示巴利原文
Hetūti purisassāpi tasmiṃ attabhāve arahattappattiyā hetusampannasseva patthanā samijjhati, no itarassa.
「见导师」是指:唯有在住世的佛陀面前发愿,愿才能成就。世尊般涅槃后,在塔庙前、菩提树下、佛像前,或在独觉佛、佛弟子前发愿,都不能成就。为什么呢?因为只有佛陀能够了知众生是否堪能成就,并以业果决断智(kammavipākaparicchedakañāṇa)作出决断而给予授记;其他人没有这种能力。因此,只有在佛陀面前发愿,愿才会成就。显示巴利原文
Satthāradassananti sace jīvamānakabuddhasseva santike pattheti patthanā samijjhati. Parinibbute bhagavati cetiyassa santike vā bodhirukkhamūle vā paṭimāya vā paccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ vā santike patthanā na samijjhati. Kasmā? Bhabbābhabbake ñatvā kammavipākaparicchedakañāṇena paricchinditvā byākātuṃ asamatthattā. Tasmā buddhassa santikeyeva patthanā samijjhati.
「出家」是指:即使在佛陀世尊面前发愿,也必须已出家,成为业行论者、苦行者中的一员,或成为比丘,其愿才能成就;若未出家、仍处于在家身份者,则不能成就。为什么呢?因为一切菩萨都是出家后证得正觉的,并无在家成佛者。因此,即便在最初发愿之时,也必须以出家身份来发愿。显示巴利原文
Pabbajjāti buddhassa bhagavato santike patthentassāpi kammakiriyavādīsu tāpasesu vā bhikkhūsu vā pabbajitasseva patthanā samijjhati, no gihiliṅge ṭhitassa. Kasmā? Pabbajitāyeva hi bodhisattā sambodhiṃ adhigacchanti, na gahaṭṭhā. Tasmā ādimhi paṇidhānakālepi pabbajiteneva bhavitabbaṃ.
「德成就」:在出家人当中,即便已经出家,也唯有证得八等至、具足五神通的人,他的愿望才能成就;缺乏这种德成就的人则不能。为什么?因为无德者没有此成就。显示巴利原文
Guṇasampattīti pabbajitassāpi aṭṭhasamāpattilābhino pañcābhiññasseva samijjhati, na pana imāya guṇasampattiyā virahitassa. Kasmā? Nigguṇassa tadabhāvato.
「殊胜业行」:即便具足德成就,但只有那些曾将自己的生命奉献给诸佛、并具备此殊胜业行的人,他的愿望才能成就;其他人则不能。显示巴利原文
Adhikāroti guṇasampannenāpi yena attano jīvitaṃ buddhānaṃ pariccattaṃ hoti, tassa iminā adhikārena sampannasseva samijjhati, na itarassa.
「欲」:即便已经圆满愿求,但只有那些为了成佛之法而生起大欲、精进、努力与遍求的人,才能成就;其他人不能。在此,关于大欲,有一个譬喻——假如有人这样想:“谁能凭自己的臂力,游过整个充满水的轮围界内部而到达彼岸,他就能证得佛果。”如果有人不以此为难以,而想“我将渡过此水到达彼岸”,像这样具足大欲和精进的人,他的愿望才能成就;其他人不能。显示巴利原文
Chandatāti abhinīhārasampannassāpi yassa buddhakārakadhammānaṃ atthāya mahanto chando vāyāmo ca ussāho ca pariyeṭṭhi ca, tasseva samijjhati, na itarassa. Tatridaṃ chandamahantatāya opammaṃ – sace hi evamassa, ‘‘yo pana sakalacakkavāḷagabbhaṃ ekodakībhūtaṃ attano bāhubalena uttaritvā pāraṃ gantuṃ samattho, so buddhattaṃ pāpuṇāti. Yo panimaṃ attano dukkaraṃ na maññati ‘ahaṃ imaṃ uttaritvā pāraṃ gamissāmī’’’ti evaṃ mahatā chandena ussāhena samannāgato hoti, tassa patthanā samijjhati, na itarassa (su. ni. aṭṭha. 1.khaggavisāṇasuttavaṇṇanā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā; cariyā. aṭṭha. pakiṇṇakakathā).
然而,善慧智者将这八种法综合起来,为了成就佛果而发愿,然后躺了下来。那时,燃灯佛世尊来到他身边,站在善慧智者的头边,看见善慧苦行者躺在泥泞中,心想:“这位苦行者为了成佛而发愿躺下,他的愿望到底会不会实现呢?”于是运用未来分智观察,知道:“从今以后,经过四阿僧祇又十万劫,他将成为名为乔达摩的佛陀。”接着,燃灯佛便站在大众中授记说:“诸比丘,你们看见这位修习严苛苦行的善慧苦行者躺在泥泞中吗?”“是的,世尊。”“他为了成佛而发愿躺下,这位苦行者的愿望必会实现。因为从今以后,四阿僧祇又十万劫之后,他将成为世间称为乔达摩的佛陀。在他那一生中,将以迦毗罗卫城为住处,摩诃摩耶王后为母,净饭大王为父,优婆提舍和拘律陀为两位上首弟子,阿难比丘为侍者,谶摩和莲华色为两位上首比丘尼。这位善慧智者将成为智慧圆满者,行大出家,修大精进,在尼拘陀树下接受善生女供养的乳粥,于尼连禅河边食用后,登上菩提道场,在阿说他树下觉悟。”因此,有如下偈颂说:显示巴利原文
Sumedhapaṇḍito pana ime aṭṭha dhamme samodhānetvāva buddhabhāvāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipajji. Dīpaṅkaropi bhagavā āgantvā sumedhapaṇḍitassa sīsabhāge ṭhatvā kalalapiṭṭhe nipannaṃ sumedhatāpasaṃ disvā – ‘‘ayaṃ tāpaso buddhattāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipanno, ijjhissati nu kho etassa patthanā, udāhu no’’ti anāgataṃsañāṇaṃ pesetvā upadhārento – ‘‘ito kappasatasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni atikkamitvā gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā ṭhitakova parisamajjhe byākāsi – ‘‘passatha no, tumhe bhikkhave, imaṃ uggatapaṃ tāpasaṃ kalalapiṭṭhe nipanna’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti. Ayaṃ buddhattāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipanno, samijjhissati imassa tāpasassa patthanā, ayañhi ito kappasatasahassādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake gotamo nāma buddho loke bhavissati. Tasmiṃ panassa attabhāve kapilavatthu nāma nagaraṃ nivāso bhavissati, mahāmāyā nāma devī mātā, suddhodano nāma rājā pitā, upatisso ca kolito ca dve aggasāvakā, ānando nāma upaṭṭhāko, khemā ca uppalavaṇṇā ca dve aggasāvikā bhavissanti . Ayaṃ paripakkañāṇo hutvā mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā mahāpadhānaṃ padahitvā nigrodhamūle sujātāya nāma kumāriyā dinnaṃ pāyāsaṃ paṭiggahetvā nerañjarāya tīre paribhuñjitvā bodhimaṇḍaṃ āruyha assattharukkhamūle abhisambujjhissatīti. Tena vuttaṃ –
燃灯佛,世间解,受供养者,站在我的头边,说出这番话:
你们且看这位苦行者,这位结发者,修极严酷的苦行,在无量劫之后,他将成为世间觉者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dīpaṅkaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho; Ussīsake maṃ ṭhatvāna, idaṃ vacanamabravi.
你们看这位苦行者,这位结发、修严酷苦行的人;
于无可计量的劫后,他将成为世间觉者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passatha imaṃ tāpasaṃ, jaṭilaṃ uggatāpanaṃ; Aparimeyyito kappe, buddho loke bhavissati.
从可爱的迦毗罗卫城出离后,那位如来
修习精进,行难行之苦行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ahū kapilavhayā rammā, nikkhamitvā tathāgato; Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, katvā dukkarakārikaṃ.
那位如来于阿阇波罗树下安坐,
他在那里取了乳粥,前往尼连禅河。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ajapālarukkhamūlasmiṃ, nisīditvā tathāgato; Tattha pāyāsaṃ paggayha, nerañjaramupehiti.
‘‘Nerañjarāya tīramhi, pāyāsaṃ ada so jino; Paṭiyattavaramaggena, bodhimūlamupehiti.
之后,无上者右绕菩提道场;
在菩提树下,那位大名闻者将觉悟。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tato padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, bodhimaṇḍaṃ anuttaro; Assattharukkhamūlamhi, bujjhissati mahāyaso.
‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati; Pitā suddhodano nāma, ayaṃ hessati gotamo.
拘律陀与优波提舍,将成为上首弟子;
名为阿难的侍者,将侍奉这位胜利者——佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā; Kolito upatisso ca, aggā hessanti sāvakā; Ānando nāmupaṭṭhāko, upaṭṭhissatimaṃ jinaṃ.
‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā; Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā.
质多与手阿里亚,将成为上首男侍者;
北多罗与难陀母,将成为上首女侍者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bodhi tassa bhagavato, assatthoti pavuccati; Citto ca hatthāḷavako, aggā hessantupaṭṭhakā; Uttarā nandamātā ca, aggā hessantupaṭṭhikā’’ti.
在此,‘世间解’:因以一切方式了知世间,故称世间解。世尊确实从法的自性、集、灭,以及趣向灭的途径,以一切方式觉知、了知、通达了世间。因此,他被称为世间解。正如经中所说:显示巴利原文
Tattha lokavidūti sabbathā viditalokattā pana lokavidū. Bhagavā hi sabhāvato samudayato nirodhato nirodhūpāyatoti sabbathāpi lokaṃ avedi aññāsi paṭivijjhi. Tasmā lokavidūti vuccati. Yathāha –
所以,那位贤善慧者实为世间解,已达世间边际、圆满梵行者;
已证寂静者了知世间尽处后,对此世与他世皆不希求。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tasmā have lokavidū sumedho, lokantagū vūsitabrahmacariyo; Lokassa antaṃ samitāvi ñatvā, nāsīsatī lokamimaṃ parañcā’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.107; a. ni. 4.46);
世间有三种:行世间、有情世间、器世间。其中,行世间是缘生的地等诸法。有情世间是有想、无想、非想非非想等众生。器世间是有情的住处。世尊因如实了知这三种世间的自相,故称为世间解。‘受供养者’:指堪受供养,因他是应施者、值得领受布施,故称受供养者。‘站在我的头边’:即‘站在我的头旁’,表示现在要讲述这番话。‘结发者’:由于他结发,故称结发者,即那位结发者。‘修严酷苦行者’:就是修习严酷苦行的人。‘曾是’:指‘在那时是’,即‘那时’,或者这是原读法。‘名为迦毗罗卫’:即名为迦毗罗卫的城市。‘可爱的’:因令人愉悦。‘精进’:指精进力。‘将会来’:将会来、将会到达。其余的偈颂义理明白。显示巴利原文
Api ca tayo lokā – saṅkhāraloko, sattaloko, okāsalokoti. Tattha saṅkhāraloko nāma paṭiccasamuppannā pathaviādayo dhammā. Sattaloko nāma saññino asaññino nevasaññināsaññino ca sattā. Okāsaloko nāma sattānaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ. Ime pana tayopi lokā bhagavatā yathāsabhāvato viditā, tasmā lokavidūti vuccati. Āhutīnaṃ paṭiggahoti dānānaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ arahattā dakkhiṇeyyattā āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho. Ussīsake maṃ ṭhatvānāti mama sīsasamīpe ṭhatvā. Idaṃ idāni vattabbaṃ vacanaṃ abravīti attho. Jaṭilanti jaṭā assa santīti jaṭilo, taṃ jaṭilaṃ. Uggatāpananti uggatāpasaṃ. Ahūti ahani, athāti attho. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Kapilavhayāti kapilaavhayā abhidhānā. Rammāti ramaṇīyato. Padhānanti vīriyaṃ. Ehitīti essati gamissati. Sesagāthāsu uttānamevāti.
那时,善慧智者心想:‘我的愿望想必就要实现了!’心中生起喜悦。大众听到燃灯十力者的话,都欢喜踊跃地说:‘听说善慧苦行者真是佛种、佛芽!’他们这样想:‘如同有人要渡河,若不能从上渡口渡过,便从下渡口渡过一样,我们在燃灯十力者的教法中未能证得道果;那么未来当您成佛时,愿我们能在您面前亲证道果!’他们便这样发愿。燃灯十力者称赞了菩萨大士后,以八捧花供养,右绕作礼而去。那四十万位漏尽者也以花香等供养菩萨,右绕作礼而去。天人及众人也同样供养、顶礼后离去。显示巴利原文
Tato sumedhapaṇḍito – ‘‘mayhaṃ kira patthanā samijjhissatī’’ti sañjātasomanasso ahosi. Mahājano dīpaṅkaradasabalassa vacanaṃ sutvā – ‘‘sumedhatāpaso kira buddhabījaṅkuro’’ti haṭṭhatuṭṭho ahosi. Evañcassa ahosi – ‘‘yathā nāma puriso nadiṃ taranto ujukena titthena tarituṃ asakkonto heṭṭhātitthena uttarati, evameva mayaṃ dīpaṅkaradasabalassa sāsane maggaphalaṃ alabhamānā anāgate yadā tvaṃ buddho bhavissasi, tadā tava sammukhā maggaphalaṃ sacchikātuṃ samatthā bhaveyyāmā’’ti patthanaṃ akaṃsu. Dīpaṅkaradasabalo bodhisattaṃ mahāsattaṃ pasaṃsitvā aṭṭhahi pupphamuṭṭhīhi pūjetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Tepi catusatasahassā khīṇāsavā bodhisattaṃ pupphehi ca gandhehi ca pūjetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Devamanussā pana tatheva pūjetvā vanditvā pakkamiṃsu.
那时,照亮一切世间的燃灯世尊,由四十万位漏尽的比丘围绕,受到喜乐城居民们的供养,也受到天神的合掌恭敬。他以犹如傍晚霞光映照的胜妙金山山巅般的威严,在种种神变持续显现中,沿着那条被庄严铺设的道路,进入喜乐城。那座城弥漫着种种芬芳花朵的香气,飘散着香粉的馨香,高悬着旗帜与长幡;因香气缭绕,蜂群成群结队地盘旋;烟霭弥漫;其庄严如同天城,令人心生喜悦。在为他敷设的殊胜佛座上,他坐了下来,犹如在持双山顶上安坐的、光芒吉祥、如秋月般明媚、驱除黑暗、令莲花林绽放的日轮——具足十力的日轮。比丘僧团也依次在各自的座位上坐下。喜乐城的在家居士们,具足信心等功德,向以佛陀为首的比丘僧团供养了种种美味饮食,具足色泽、香气、味道,无与伦比,是能带来快乐的布施。显示巴利原文
Atha sabbalokamatidīpaṅkaro dīpaṅkaro bhagavā catūhi khīṇāsavasatasahassehi parivuto rammanagaravāsīhi pūjiyamāno devatāhi abhivandiyamāno sañjhāppabhānurañjitavarakanakagirisikharo viya jaṅgamamāno anekesu pāṭihāriyesu vattamānesu tena alaṅkatapaṭiyattena maggena gantvā nānāsurabhikusumagandhavāsitaṃ cuṇṇasammodagandhaṃ samussitadhajapaṭākaṃ gandhānubaddhahadayehi bhamaragaṇehi gumbagumbāyamānaṃ dhūpandhakāraṃ amarapurasadisasobhaṃ abhirammaṃ rammanagaraṃ pavisitvā paññatte mahārahe buddhāsane yugandharamatthake saradasamayarucirakararajanikaro timiranikaranidhanakaro kamalavanavikasanakaro divasakaro viya dasabaladivasakaro nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi paṭipāṭiyā attano attano pattāsane nisīdi. Rammanagaravāsino pana upāsakā saddhādiguṇasampannā nānāvidhakhajjādīhi samalaṅkataṃ vaṇṇagandharasasampannaṃ asadisaṃ sukhanidānaṃ dānaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa adaṃsu.
那时,菩萨闻十力者授记,觉成佛如握掌中,心中欢喜。众人离去后,他从卧处起身,心想:“我今当审察诸波罗蜜。”便在花堆顶上结跏趺坐。当大士如是坐时,一万世界所有天神皆出善哉,以种种称赞赞叹菩萨,说道:“贤者善慧苦行者!过去诸菩萨结跏趺坐、起‘当审察波罗蜜’之念时,所谓前兆之相悉皆显现。今日,这些瑞相亦悉显现。尊者必定成佛无疑。我等悉知:凡现这些瑞相者,必成佛陀。是故,尊者当坚固精进,奋励精勤!”此是经文所说:显示巴利原文
Atha kho bodhisatto dasabalassa byākaraṇaṃ sutvā buddhabhāvaṃ karatalagatamiva maññamāno pamuditahadayo sabbesu paṭikkantesu sayanā vuṭṭhāya – ‘‘pāramiyo vicinissāmī’’ti puppharāsimatthake pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisīdi. Evaṃ nisinne mahāsatte sakaladasasahassacakkavāḷadevatā sādhukāraṃ datvā – ‘‘ayya sumedhatāpasa, porāṇakabodhisattānaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā – ‘pāramiyo vicinissāmī’ti nisinnakāle yāni pubbanimittāni nāma paññāyanti, tāni sabbānipi ajja pātubhūtāni nissaṃsayena tvaṃ buddho bhavissasi, mayametaṃ jānāma – ‘yassetāni nimittāni paññāyanti, so ekanteneva buddho bhavissati’ tasmā tvaṃ attano vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ katvā paggaṇhā’’ti bodhisattaṃ nānappakārāhi thutīhi abhitthaviṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –
听闻无等大仙的这番话,
诸天与人们皆大欢喜:‘这真是佛种啊!’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Idaṃ sutvāna vacanaṃ, asamassa mahesino; Āmoditā naramarū, buddhabījaṃ kira ayaṃ.
欢呼声此起彼伏,他们鼓掌、欢笑;
这一万世界中的一切天神众生,都合掌恭敬礼敬。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ukkuṭṭhisaddā vattanti, apphoṭenti hasanti ca; Katañjalī namassanti, dasasahassī sadevakā.
假如我们错过了这位世间主的教法,
未来之时,我们将当面值遇这位世尊。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yadimassa lokanāthassa, virajjhissāma sāsanaṃ; Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.
如同人们在渡河时,错过了主渡口,
便从下游渡口横渡大河。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā manussā nadiṃ tarantā, paṭititthaṃ virajjhiya; Heṭṭhātitthe gahetvāna, uttaranti mahānadiṃ.
我们也同样如此:如果我们放开这位胜利者,
在未来的漫长岁月里,我们将与他当面相见。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evameva mayaṃ sabbe, yadi muñcāmimaṃ jinaṃ; Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.
燃灯佛是世间解,是领受供养者;
宣告了我的业后,他抬起右足。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dīpaṅkaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho; Mama kammaṃ pakittetvā, dakkhiṇaṃ pādamuddhari.
在场的胜利者之子们,对我右绕礼敬;
天、人与阿修罗礼敬之后,也各自离去。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye tatthāsuṃ jinaputtā, padakkhiṇamakaṃsu maṃ; Devā manussā asurā ca, abhivādetvāna pakkamuṃ.
当我得见世间导师与比丘僧团之后,
从卧床起身之后,那时我便结跏趺坐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dassanaṃ me atikkante, sasaṅghe lokanāyake; Sayanā vuṭṭhahitvāna, pallaṅkaṃ ābhujiṃ tadā.
我因安乐而快乐,因喜悦而欢喜;
那时,喜遍满身,我结跏趺坐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sukhena sukhito homi, pāmojjena pamodito; Pītiyā ca abhissanno, pallaṅkaṃ ābhujiṃ tadā.
我结跏趺坐后,那时这样思惟:
我于禅那中得自在,于诸神通达至彼岸。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pallaṅkena nisīditvā, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā; Vasībhūto ahaṃ jhāne, abhiññāsu pāramiṃ gato.
于此上千的世间中,没有仙人与我等同;
于神通法中,我无与伦比,得证如是之乐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sahassiyamhi lokamhi, isayo natthi me samā; Asamo iddhidhammesu, alabhiṃ īdisaṃ sukhaṃ.
当我结跏趺坐时,十千世界中的众生
他们发出巨大呼声:‘你必将成佛。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pallaṅkābhujane mayhaṃ, dasasahassādhivāsino; Mahānādaṃ pavattesuṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
往昔,菩萨们结跏趺坐于殊胜之座,
昔日的瑞相,今日正在显现。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yā pubbe bodhisattānaṃ, pallaṅkavaramābhuje; Nimittāni padissanti, tāni ajja padissare.
寒冷退去,炎热平息;
今日这些瑞相显现,你决定当成佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sītaṃ byapagataṃ hoti, uṇhañca upasammati; Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
一万世界,寂然无声,无有扰攘;
今日这些瑞相显现,你必定成佛。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dasasahassī lokadhātu, nissaddā honti nirākulā; Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
大风不再吹起,河流不再奔流;
今日这些瑞相显现,你注定成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mahāvātā na vāyanti, na sandanti savantiyo; Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
陆生的花、水生的花,在那一刻全都盛开;
今日它们全部绽放,你必将成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Thalajā dakajā pupphā, sabbe pupphanti tāvade; Tepajja pupphitā sabbe, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
无论是藤蔓还是树木,那时都挂满了果实;
这些(预示)今日全都结果:你必定将成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Latā vā yadi vā rukkhā, phalabhārā honti tāvade; Tepajja phalitā sabbe, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
那些处在天空与地上的种种珍宝,那时全都闪耀光芒;
这些珍宝今放光明,你必当成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā, ratanā jotanti tāvade; Tepajja ratanā jotanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
人间与天界的乐器,于彼时一同奏响;
此时他们齐声欢唱:你必定将成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mānussakā ca dibbā ca, turiyā vajjanti tāvade; Tepajjubho abhiravanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
缤纷鲜花从空中,于彼之时纷纷降下;
今日这些花亦飘洒,你无疑将成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vicittapupphā gaganā, abhivassanti tāvade; Tepi ajja pavassanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
大海翻腾,十千世界震动;
它们齐声高唱:“你必定将成为佛陀!”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mahāsamuddo ābhujati, dasasahassī pakampati; Tepajjubho abhiravanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
十千地狱之中,烈火当下熄灭;
今日这些火已熄灭,你必将成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nirayepi dasasahasse, aggī nibbanti tāvade; Tepajja nibbutā aggī, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
‘‘Vimalo hoti sūriyo, sabbā dissanti tārakā; Tepi ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
那时,水从大地无间涌出;
大地涌出此水,你确定无疑将成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anovaṭṭhena udakaṃ, mahiyā ubbhijji tāvade; Tampajjubbhijjate mahiyā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
众星闪耀在苍穹,星宿在天空的圆盘中;
毗舍佉星与月亮相合,你必将成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tārāgaṇā virocanti, nakkhattā gaganamaṇḍale; Visākhā candimāyuttā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
住于洞穴者、栖于洞窟者,从其栖息之处出离;
今日他们已离住处,你必将成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bilāsayā darīsayā, nikkhamanti sakāsayā; Tepajja āsayā chuddhā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
众生不怀不乐,当下即得满足;
今日他们皆得满足,你必将成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na honti aratī sattānaṃ, santuṭṭhā honti tāvade; Tepajja sabbe santuṭṭhā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
‘‘Rogā tadupasammanti, jighacchā ca vinassasi; Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
那时疾病变得轻微,你当灭尽瞋恚与愚痴;
今日诸相悉消散,你定将成就佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rogā tadā tanu hoti, doso moho vinassasi; Tepajja vigatā sabbe, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
‘‘Bhayaṃ tadā na bhavati, ajjapetaṃ padissati; Tena liṅgena jānāma, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
尘垢向上飞散,今日得见于此;
凭此表征,我们即知:你必定将成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rajonuddhaṃsatī uddhaṃ, ajjapetaṃ padissati; Tena liṅgena jānāma, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
不可意的气味消散了,天界的妙香飘散开来;
今日,此妙香飘扬,你必定成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aniṭṭhagandho pakkamati, dibbagandho pavāyati; Sopajja vāyatī gandho, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
‘‘Sabbe devā padissanti, ṭhapayitvā arūpino; Tepajja sabbe dissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
凡名为地狱之处,当时悉皆显现;
今日一切皆已显现,你必当成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yāvatā nirayā nāma, sabbe dissanti tāvade; Tepajja sabbe dissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
那时,墙壁、门扇与岩石,都不再成为障碍;
它们今日化为虚空,你必定成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kuṭṭā kavāṭā selā ca, na hontāvaraṇā tadā; Ākāsabhūtā tepajja, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
在那一刹那,死亡与再生皆不存在;
那些今日所现之相,预示你必将成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cutī ca upapattī ca, khaṇe tasmiṃ na vijjati; Tānipajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
你当坚固精进,莫退转,向前迈进;
此事我们也知道:你必将成为佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Daḷhaṃ paggaṇha vīriyaṃ, mā nivatta abhikkama; Mayampetaṃ vijānāma, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasī’’ti.
在此,“听闻此语”是指听闻了燃灯世尊对菩萨的授记之语。“无等”是因无有等同、相似者,故称无等。正如所说——显示巴利原文
Tattha idaṃ sutvāna vacananti idaṃ dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato bodhisattassa byākaraṇavacanaṃ sutvā. Asamassāti samassa sadisassa abhāvato asamassa. Yathāha –
“我无有师长,亦无与我等同者;
在包含天人的世间,无有与我同等者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjati; Sadevakasmiṃ lokasmiṃ, natthi me paṭipuggalo’’ti. (ma. ni. 1.285; 2.341; mahāva. 11; kathā. 405; mi. pa. 4.5.11);
「大仙」:因他寻求、遍求宏大的戒蕴、定蕴、慧蕴,故称大仙;此处指这位大仙的。「人与天」:指人与天,这是殊胜的说法,实际上十千世界中的所有龙、金翅鸟、夜叉等也都欢喜。「这是佛陀的种子吧」:意思是“据说这佛的幼芽出现了”,他们因此而欢喜。显示巴利原文
Mahesinoti mahante sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhe esi gavesīti mahesī, tassa mahesino. Naramarūti narā ca amarā ca, ukkaṭṭhaniddeso panāyaṃ sabbepi dasasahassilokadhātuyā nāgasupaṇṇayakkhādayopi āmoditāva. Buddhabījaṃ kira ayanti ayaṃ kira buddhaṅkuro uppannoti āmoditāti attho.
「高呼声」:即欢呼声。「拍手」:指用手拍击手臂。「十千」:指十千世界。「含天人的」:意为与天人一起,十千世界都在礼敬。「如果这……」:即“如果对于这个”,或者这就是它的文句读法。「我们将会错过」:意为“如果我们不能值遇”。「在未来的时劫中」:指在未来的时间。「我们将成为」:指将会存在。「当面」:指成为面见者。「这」:此处以受格形式表达“这的”的意思。显示巴利原文
Ukkuṭṭhisaddāti unnādasaddā vattanti. Apphoṭentīti hatthehi bāhā abhihananti. Dasasahassīti dasasahassilokadhātuyo. Sadevakāti saha devehi sadevakā dasasahassī namassantīti attho. Yadimassāti yadi imassa, ayameva vā pāṭho. Virajjhissāmāti yadi na sampāpuṇissāma. Anāgatamhi addhāneti anāgate kāle. Hessāmāti bhavissāma. Sammukhāti sammukhībhūtā. Imanti imassa, sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ.
「渡河人」指摆渡者,也有读作“naditarantā”。「在相迎的渡口」指在正对面的渡口。「错过了」意为错过之后。「如果我们放开」,意思是:如果我们放开这位世尊,成了未办所作的人而离去。「称说我所行」,意为辨明了我已修习的意义之后。「抬起右脚」指抬起了右脚,也有读作“已作右绕”的。显示巴利原文
Nadiṃtarantāti nadītaraṇakā, ‘‘naditarantā’’tipi pāṭho. Paṭititthanti paṭimukhatitthaṃ. Virajjhiyāti virajjhitvā. Yadi muñcāmāti yadi imaṃ bhagavantaṃ muñcitvā akatakiccā gamissāmāti attho. Mama kammaṃ pakittetvāti mama bhāvitamatthaṃ byākaritvā. Dakkhiṇaṃpādamuddharīti dakkhiṇaṃ pādaṃ ukkhipi, ‘‘katapadakkhiṇo’’tipi pāṭho.
「胜者之子」指燃灯佛师的弟子们。「天、人、阿修罗在礼敬后离去」,指天等一切众生,对我右绕三匝,以花等供养,五体投地礼敬,随后退下,一再回望,以种种甘甜美妙的辞句称扬赞叹着离去。也有读作“人、龙与乾闼婆,在礼敬后离去”。显示巴利原文
Jinaputtāti dīpaṅkarassa satthuno sāvakā. Devā manussā asurā ca, abhivādetvāna pakkamunti devādayo sabbepi ime maṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pupphādīhi pūjetvā suppatiṭṭhitapañcaṅgā vanditvā nivattitvā punappunaṃ oloketvā madhuratthabyañjanāhi nānappakārāhi thutīhi vaṇṇentā pakkamiṃsu. ‘‘Narā nāgā ca gandhabbā, abhivādetvāna pakkamu’’ntipi pāṭho.
「我的看见已超越」,意为世尊已超出我的视野。也有读作“当现见的范围失去时”。「在僧团中」指与僧团一起,在那僧团中。「从卧处起身后」指从卧处、从床垫上起身之后。「结跏趺坐」指结跏趺坐,坐在花堆上。也有读作“那时,怀着喜悦之心,我从座而起”,其义显明。显示巴利原文
Dassanaṃ me atikkanteti mama dassanavisayaṃ bhagavati atikkante. ‘‘Jahite dassanūpacāre’’tipi pāṭho. Sasaṅgheti saddhiṃ saṅghena sasaṅgho, tasmiṃ sasaṅghe. Sayanā vuṭṭhahitvānāti nipannaṭṭhānato kalalato uṭṭhahitvā. Pallaṅkaṃ ābhujinti katapallaṅko hutvā puppharāsimhi nisīdinti attho. ‘‘Haṭṭho haṭṭhena cittena, āsanā vuṭṭhahiṃ tadā’’tipi pāṭho, so uttānatthova.
“为喜所遍满”(Pītiyā ca abhissanno),意为被喜悦所遍满。“成为自在者”(Vasībhūto),意为达到自在的状态。“在禅那中”(Jhāne),指在色界、无色界的禅那。“在千世界中”(Sahassiyamhī),指在十千世界。“在世界里”(Lokamhī),指在世界中。“与我同等”(Me samā),指与我相似。在总说“与我同等者无有”之后,为确证此义,而说“于神变诸法中无等”(asamo iddhidhammesu)。其中,“于神变诸法中”(iddhidhammesu),意为在五种神通法中。“获得”(Alabhi),指得到了。“这样的乐”(Īdisaṃ sukha),意为这样的喜乐。显示巴利原文
Pītiyā ca abhissannoti pītiparipphuṭo. Vasībhūtoti vasībhāvappatto. Jhāneti rūpāvacarārūpāvacarajhānesu. Sahassiyamhīti dasasahassiyaṃ. Lokamhīti lokadhātuyā. Me samāti mayā sadisā. Avisesena ‘‘me samā natthī’’ti vatvā idāni tameva niyamento ‘‘asamo iddhidhammesū’’ti āha. Tattha iddhidhammesūti pañcasu iddhidhammesūti attho. Alabhinti paṭilabhiṃ. Īdisaṃ sukhanti īdisaṃ somanassaṃ.
于是,善慧苦行者听闻十力世尊的授记后,觉得佛位如掌中之物,内心喜悦。在十千世界中,净居大梵天等曾得见过去诸佛者,通过示现授记决定菩萨时出现的瑞相神变,宣告如来之语真实不虚,并令我内心满足,而说出这些偈颂。为显明此义,世尊宣说“在我的结跏趺座中”(pallaṅkābhujane mayha)等颂。显示巴利原文
Atha sumedhatāpaso dasabalassa byākaraṇaṃ sutvā buddhabhāvaṃ karatalagatakālamiva maññamāno pamuditahadayo dasasu lokadhātusahassesu suddhāvāsamahābrahmāno atītabuddhadassāvino niyatabodhisattānaṃ byākaraṇe uppajjamānapāṭihāriyadassanena tathāgatavacanassa avitathataṃ pakāsento maṃ paritosayantā imā gāthāyo āhaṃsūti dassento bhagavā ‘‘pallaṅkābhujane mayha’’ntiādimāha.
其中,“在我的结跏趺座中”(pallaṅkābhujane mayha),意为在我的结跏趺座中,或说这就是其读法。“十千世界居住者”(Dasasahassādhivāsino),指居住于十千世界的大梵天们。“那些先前……”(Yā pubbeti),意为那些先前出现的诸相(yāni pubbe),应理解为省略了词尾而说。“当你结胜跏趺座时”(Pallaṅkavaramābhujeti),指在结胜妙跏趺座时。“诸相显现”(Nimittāni padissanti),意为诸相曾显现。这里本应用过去时动词,却用了现在时动词。虽有此表达,然应依过去时之义理解。“那些相今日显现”(Tāni ajja padissare),意思是:过去决定菩萨结跏趺座时出现的种种相,今日也显现了。因此,你必定成佛。但并非完全相同的那些相重新出现,而是由于相似,故说“那些相今日显现”,应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Tattha pallaṅkābhujane mayhanti mama pallaṅkābhujane. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Dasasahassādhivāsinoti dasasahassivāsino mahābrahmāno. Yā pubbeti yāni pubbe, vibhattilopaṃ katvā vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Pallaṅkavaramābhujeti varapallaṅkābhujane. Nimittāni padissantīti nimittāni padissiṃsūti attho. Atītavacane vattabbe vattamānavacanaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi vuttaṃ, atītavasena attho gahetabbo. Tāni ajja padissareti pubbepi niyatabodhisattānaṃ pallaṅkābhujane yāni nimittāni uppajjiṃsu, tāni nimittāni ajja padissare. Tasmā tvaṃ dhuvameva buddho bhavissasīti attho. Na pana tāniyeva nimittāni uppajjiṃsu, taṃsadisattā ‘‘tāni ajja padissare’’ti vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
“Sīta”(寒冷):即寒冷性。“Byapagata”(已消去):即已离去、已消散。它们是指寒冷消散、暑热止息的状况。“Nissaddā”(无声):无声、无喧响。“Nirākulā”(无扰):无混乱;或有读法即“无扰”。“Na sandanti”(不流):不流动、不运转。“Savanti”(诸河流):指河流。那些(风等)即无吹动、无摇动。“Thalajā”(陆生者):指从地面、山丘、树木等处所生的花。“Dakajā”(水生者):指水中所生的花。“Puppha”(开花):往昔曾为诸菩萨而开花;此处以现在时表过去义,应如前所述理解。“Tepajja pupphitāni”(它们今日亦开花):即那些花今日正在开放。显示巴利原文
Sītanti sītattaṃ. Byapagatanti gataṃ vigataṃ. Tānīti sītavigamanauṇhupasamanānīti attho. Nissaddāti asaddā anigghosā. Nirākulāti anākulā, ayameva vā pāṭho. Na sandantīti na vahanti nappavattanti. Savantiyoti nadiyo. Tānīti avāyanaasandanāni. Thalajāti pathavitalapabbatarukkhesu jātāni. Dakajāti odakāni pupphāni. Pupphantīti pubbe bodhisattānaṃ pupphiṃsu, atītatthe vattamānavacanaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Tepajja pupphitānīti tāni pupphāni ajja pupphitānīti attho.
“Phalabhārā”:负载果实的。“Tepajjā”:即“它们今天”;因前文已说“藤蔓或树木”,此处用阳性词“tepī”。“Phalitā”:已结果实的。“Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā ca”:指处于虚空与处于地面的宝石,即珍珠等宝物。“Jotanti”:照耀。“Mānussakā”:属于人类的,即人间的。“Dibbā”:属于天神的,即天界的。“Turiyā”:指五种乐器:革(一面鼓)、板(两面鼓)、革板(全面覆盖的大琵琶等)、腹(竹管等吹奏乐器)、圆(铜钹等打击乐器)。其中,“革”(ātata)是以皮子覆一面的单面鼓类;“板”(vitata)是双面乐器;“革板”(ātatavitata)是全面覆盖的大琵琶等;“腹”(susira)是竹管类;“圆”(ghana)是铜钹类。“Vajjanti”:即演奏,如前所述方式演奏,以现在时表过去义,后同类词语亦然。“Abhiravanti”:即唱响。显示巴利原文
Phalabhārāti phaladharā. Tepajjāti tepi ajja, pulliṅgavasena ‘‘tepī’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘latā vā rukkhā vā’’ti vuttattā. Phalitāti sañjātaphalā. Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā cāti ākāsagatā ca bhūmigatā ca ratanānīti muttādīni ratanāni. Jotantīti obhāsanti. Mānussakāti manussānaṃ santakā mānussakā. Dibbāti devānaṃ santakā dibbā. Turiyāti ātataṃ vitataṃ ātatavitataṃ susiraṃ ghananti pañca turiyāni. Tattha ātataṃ nāma cammapariyonaddhesu bheriādīsu ekatalaturiyaṃ. Vitataṃ nāma ubhayatalaṃ. Ātatavitataṃ nāma sabbato pariyonaddhaṃ mahativallakiādikaṃ. Susiraṃ nāma vaṃsādikaṃ. Ghanaṃ nāma sammatāḷādikaṃ. Vajjantīti heṭṭhā vuttanayena vajjiṃsu, atītatthe vattamānavacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Esa nayo upari īdisesu vacanesupi. Abhiravantīti tatra tatra kusalehi sumuñcitā suppatāḷitā suvāditā viya abhiravanti, abhinadantīti attho.
“Vicittapupphā”:种种香气、颜色各异的鲜花。“Abhivassanti”:即普雨、降下,指花如雨般撒落。“Tepi”:那些种种花也显现为普雨之相,实则是被诸天、梵天众所撒下。“Ābhujati”:即弯曲、蜷曲,此处表退却。“Tepajjubho”:即“二者今日”,指两大海十千世界。“Abhiravanti”:即唱响。“Niraye”:于地狱中。“Dasasahassā”:众多十千,即极多。“Nibbanti”:平息、寂止。“Tārakā”:星宿。“Tepi ajja padissanti”:由于太阳极为清净,那些星宿今日白昼亦能得见。显示巴利原文
Vicittapupphāti vicitrāni nānāgandhavaṇṇāni pupphāni. Abhivassantīti abhivassiṃsu, nipatiṃsūti attho. Tepīti tānipi vicitrapupphāni abhivassantāni padissanti, devabrahmagaṇehi okiriyamānānīti adhippāyo. Ābhujatīti osakkati. Tepajjubhoti tepi ajja ubho mahāsamuddadasasahassiyo. Abhiravantīti abhinadanti. Nirayeti nirayesu. Dasasahassāti anekadasasahassā. Nibbantīti sammanti, santiṃ upentīti attho. Tārakāti nakkhattāni . Tepi ajja padissantīti tepi sūriyassa vimalabhāvā tārakā ajja divā dissanti.
“Anovaṭṭhena”:意为“在不降雨之时”,此处是处格用作具格。或“Anovaṭṭha”即指无雨。“Nā”仅为一个小品词,如同“sutvā na dūtavacanaṃ”等句式中的用法。“Tampajjubbhijjati”:即那水今日涌出,涌出后升起。“Mahiyā”:从大地(出格)。“Tārāgaṇā”:即行星、星宿等一切星群。“Nakkhattā”:即星宿与星辰。“Gaganamaṇḍale”:指整个天穹在闪耀。“Bilāsayā”:即穴居的众生,如蛇、獴、鳄鱼、蜥蜴等。“Darīsayā”:即住在岩缝中的众生;或作他读。“Nikkhamanti”:即出来。“Sakāsayā”:即从各自的住处。“Tadāsayā”也是一种读法,意为“那时,从住处,从穴中出来”。“Chuddhā”:即极清净、善巧地放出,已出现之意。显示巴利原文
Anovaṭṭhenāti anovaṭṭhe, bhummatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Atha vā anovaṭṭheti anabhivaṭṭhepi. Nāti nipātamattaṃ ‘‘sutvā na dūtavacana’’ntiādīsu viya. Tampajjubbhijjateti tampi udakaṃ ajja ubbhijjati, ubbhijjitvā uṭṭhahatīti attho. Mahiyāti pathaviyā, nissakkavacanaṃ. Tārāgaṇāti gahanakkhattādayo sabbe tāragaṇā. Nakkhattāti nakkhattatārakā ca. Gaganamaṇḍaleti sakalagaganamaṇḍalaṃ virocantīti attho. Bilāsayāti bilāsayā ahinakulakumbhīlagodhādayo. Darīsayāti jharāsayā. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Nikkhamantīti nikkhamiṃsu. Sakāsayāti attano attano āsayato. ‘‘Tadāsayā’’tipi pāṭho. Tassa tadā tasmiṃ kāle, āsayato, bilatoti attho. Chuddhāti suchuddhā suvuddhāritā, nikkhantāti attho.
“Aratī”:即厌倦、不乐。“Santuṭṭhā”:即以最上之满足而满足。“Vinassati”:即消失、离去。“Rāgo”:即欲贪。“Tadā tanu hoti”:即那时变得极为微薄,以此表示没有缠缚。“Vihatā”:即已破坏、已毁灭。“Tadā”:指先前,即菩萨结跏趺坐之时。“Na bhavati”:即不再发生。“Ajjapetaṃ”:即今日在你结跏趺坐之时,此怖畏亦不产生。“Tena liṅgena jānāma”:凭此相,我们得知;意即以此因由,我们了知:你必将成佛。”显示巴利原文
Aratīti ukkaṇṭhā. Santuṭṭhāti paramena santuṭṭhena santuṭṭhā. Vinassatīti vigacchati. Rāgoti kāmarāgo. Tadā tanu hotīti oramattako hoti, iminā pariyuṭṭhānābhāvaṃ dīpeti. Vihatāti vinaṭṭhā. Tadāti pubbe, bodhisattānaṃ pallaṅkābhujaneti attho. Na bhavatīti na hoti. Ajjapetanti ajja tava pallaṅkābhujanepi etaṃ bhayaṃ na hotevāti attho. Tena liṅgena jānāmāti tena kāraṇena sabbeva mayaṃ jānāma, yaṃ tvaṃ buddho bhavissasīti attho.
“Anuddhaṃsati”:即不上升、不散发。“Aniṭṭhagandho”:即难闻的气味。“Pakkamati”:即离去、消失。“Pavāyati”:即吹送。“Sopajja”:即那天上的香气,在今天。“Padissanti”:即显现了,意指那天上的香气于今日显现。“Tepajja”:即那些天神,在今天。“Yāvatā”:是表示范围的不变化词,意为“所有的”。“Kuṭṭā”:即城墙。“Na hontāvaraṇā”:即不能成为障碍。“Tadā”:指以前。“Ākāsabhūtā”:即城墙、门、山等都不成障碍与遮蔽,今日皆如虚空。“Cutī”:即死亡。“Upapattī”:即结生。“Khaṇe”:指先前菩萨结跏趺坐的那一刹那。“Na vijjati”:即没有发生。“Tānipajja”:即它们(死亡与再生)在今天。“Mā nivattī”:即不要退转。“Abhikkamā”:即应精进向前。其余词义容易了解。”显示巴利原文
Anuddhaṃsatīti na uggacchati. Aniṭṭhagandhoti duggandho. Pakkamatīti pakkami vigacchi. Pavāyatīti pavāyi. Sopajjāti sopi dibbagandho ajja. Padissantīti padissiṃsu. Tepajjāti tepi sabbe devā ajja. Yāvatāti paricchedanatthe nipāto, yattakāti attho. Kuṭṭāti pākārā. Na hontāvaraṇāti āvaraṇakarā na ahesuṃ. Tadāti pubbe. Ākāsabhūtāti te kuṭṭakavāṭapabbatā āvaraṇaṃ tirokaraṇaṃ kātuṃ asakkontā, ajaṭākāsabhūtāti attho. Cutīti maraṇaṃ. Upapattīti paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ. Khaṇeti pubbe bodhisattānaṃ pallaṅkābhujanakkhaṇe. Na vijjatīti nāhosi. Tānipajjāti tānipi ajja cavanabhavanānīti attho. Mā nivattīti mā paṭikkami. Abhikkamāti parakkama. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.
于是,善慧贤者听了具足十力的燃灯佛与十千世界诸天的话,愈发踊跃,心中思惟:‘诸佛之言确实无有虚妄,佛陀的言语决无乖违。正如掷向空中的土块必定落下,有生者必定有死,太阳于破晓时必定升起,出穴的狮子必定作狮子吼,怀胎的妇女必定分娩——同样,佛陀的话语必定真实不虚。我必将成佛。’因此说道:显示巴利原文
Tato sumedhapaṇḍito dīpaṅkarassa dasabalassa ca dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatānañca vacanaṃ sutvā bhiyyosomattāya sañjātussāho hutvā cintesi – ‘‘buddhā nāma amoghavacanā, natthi buddhānaṃ kathāya aññathattaṃ. Yathā hi ākāse khittassa leḍḍussa patanaṃ dhuvaṃ, jātassa maraṇaṃ, aruṇe uggate sūriyassa abbhuggamanaṃ, āsayā nikkhantassa sīhassa sīhanādanadanaṃ, garugabbhāya itthiyā bhāramoropanaṃ dhuvaṃ avassambhāvī, evameva buddhānaṃ vacanaṃ nāma dhuvaṃ amoghaṃ, addhā ahaṃ buddho bhavissāmīti. Tena vuttaṃ –
听了佛陀与十千世界之语,我欢喜踊跃,满怀喜悦,于当时这样想:
我那时欢喜踊跃,满怀喜悦,这样想。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Buddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā, dasasahassīnacūbhayaṃ; Tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamudito, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā.
诸佛语不二,胜者言无虚;
诸佛之语真实不虚,我必定成就佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Advejjhavacanā buddhā, amoghavacanā jinā; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.
犹如向空中抛去的土块,必定坠落于地;
同样地,诸最胜佛陀的话语,是坚固、恒常的;
诸佛陀无虚妄不实之语,我必当成佛。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā khittaṃ nabhe leḍḍu, dhuvaṃ patati bhūmiyaṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.
正如一切众生的死亡,是决定恒常的;
同样,诸最胜佛陀的言语,也是决定恒常的;
诸佛无有虚言,我决定成佛。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi sabbasattānaṃ, maraṇaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.
犹如夜尽之时,太阳必定升起;
同样地,诸最胜佛的法语,坚固常住。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā rattikkhaye patte, sūriyuggamanaṃ dhuvaṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.
正如雄狮出穴,其吼声必然响起;
同样地,诸佛最胜之语,坚固而恒常;
诸佛绝无虚妄之言,我必定成佛。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā nikkhantasayanassa, sīhassa nadanaṃ dhuvaṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.
犹如怀胎者,卸下重担是必然之事;
同样地,诸佛中最胜者的言语,坚固而恒常;
诸佛无有虚妄语,我必定将成佛。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā āpannasattānaṃ, bhāramoropanaṃ dhuvaṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmaha’’nti.
此处,“听了佛陀的话”是指:听闻佛陀的言说后,知一万个世界也未曾有两种说法;又听闻了燃灯正自觉者及一万轮围界天神的言说。“Ubhayanti”指“两者”,此处是属格意义的反身语,或即指“两者之语”。“我如此思惟”即我这样想。显示巴利原文
Tattha buddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā, dasasahassī na cūbhayanti dīpaṅkarasammāsambuddhassa ca dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatānañca vacanaṃ sutvā. Ubhayanti ubhayesaṃ, sāmiatthe paccattavacanaṃ, ubhayavacanaṃ vā. Evaṃ cintesahanti evaṃ cintesiṃ ahaṃ.
“无二语”:即不落两边的言语,意为决定性的言语。也有读作“无瑕语”的,意为无过失的言语。“不虚语”:即不虚妄的言语。“虚妄”指虚妄之言,此处是说“无虚妄之语”,即其义。“我决定成佛”:即我必定以决定性、必然性而成佛,应知此语是以决定性与必然性表达的现在时语。显示巴利原文
Advejjhavacanāti dvedhā appavattavacanā, ekaṃsavacanāti attho. ‘‘Acchiddavacanā’’tipi pāṭho, tassa niddosavacanāti attho. Amoghavacanāti avitathavacanā. Vitathanti vitathavacanaṃ natthīti attho. Dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahanti ahaṃ ekaṃseneva buddho bhavissāmīti niyatavasena avassambhāvivasena ca vattamānavacanaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ.
“日轮上升”:指太阳升起,或即此读音。“坚固常住”:即具决定性且常住。“离卧处者”:指从卧处起身之人。“怀有众生者”:指怀有重孕的人,亦即怀孕者。“卸重”:即卸下重担,指胎儿娩出。其中的ṃ音是为词间连接。其余在此处也是明白的。显示巴利原文
Sūriyuggamananti sūriyassa udayanaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho. Dhuvasassatanti ekaṃsabhāvī ceva sassatañca. Nikkhantasayanassāti sayanato nikkhantassa. Āpannasattānanti garugabbhānaṃ, gabbhinīnanti attho. Bhāramoropananti bhāraoropanaṃ, gabbhassa oropananti attho. Ma-kāro padasandhikaro. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.
他那样决定“我必定成佛”之后,为了探寻成佛之法,思惟:“成佛之法究竟在何处?”于是依次向上方、下方、诸方及四隅,遍察整个法界,见到往昔古昔诸菩萨所修习行持的第一布施巴拉密时,便这样教导自己:“须弥陀贤者,从今以后,你应首先圆满布施巴拉密。如同倒置的水瓶将水倾倒无余、不复回收,同样,你对于一切乞求者,不顾财物、名誉、妻子儿女乃至大小肢节,将所希求的任何东西毫无保留地施与。如此,当你坐于菩提树下时,将成就佛果。”他这样坚固地确定第一布施巴拉密并立下决意。由此说道——显示巴利原文
‘‘Svāhaṃ addhā buddho bhavissāmī’’ti evaṃ katasanniṭṭhāno buddhakārake dhamme upadhāretuṃ – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho buddhakārakā dhammā’’ti, uddhaṃ adho disāsu vidisāsūti anukkamena sakalaṃ dhammadhātuṃ vicinanto pubbe porāṇakehi bodhisattehi āsevitanisevitaṃ paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ disvā evaṃ attānaṃ ovadi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ pūreyyāsi. Yathā hi nikujjito udakakumbho nissesaṃ katvā udakaṃ vamatiyeva na paccāharati, evameva dhanaṃ vā yasaṃ vā puttadāraṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ vā anoloketvā sabbattha yācakānaṃ sabbaṃ icchiticchitaṃ nissesaṃ katvā dadamāno bodhimūle nisīditvā buddho bhavissasī’’ti paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
“且让我遍寻成佛之法,此处彼处;”
上方(uddhaṃ)、下方(adho)与十方(dasa disā),乃至整个法界(dhammadhātuyā)。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Handa buddhakare dhamme, vicināmi ito cito; Uddhaṃ adho dasa disā, yāvatā dhammadhātuyā.
那时,我探寻着,首先见到了布施巴拉密;
这是往昔诸大仙恒行的大道。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, anuciṇṇaṃ mahāpathaṃ.
你当先坚固受持此布施巴拉密,
若愿证得菩提,当行布施巴拉密。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ paṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Dānapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.
譬如满瓶之水,任人倾覆倒置,
它将水全部倾出,毫无保留。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi kumbho sampuṇṇo, yassa kassaci adho kato; Vamatevudakaṃ nissesaṃ, na tattha parirakkhati.
同样,见到乞求者,无论其为卑下、殊胜或中等;
你应如同倒置的瓶罐,毫无保留地行布施。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tatheva yācake disvā, hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhime; Dadāhi dānaṃ nissesaṃ, kumbho viya adho kato’’ti.
其中,「handā」(那么)是表示决意的语气词。「buddhakare dhamme」(成佛之法)指成就佛陀状态的法。所谓成就佛陀状态的法,就是布施巴拉密等十种法。「vicināmi」(我探究)的意思是“我将探究”、“我将寻思”、“我将审察”,也就是去考察、检视。「ito cito」(从此处到处)或就是“处处”,意思是在各处探究。「uddhaṃ」(上方)指天界。「adho」(下方)指人界。「dasa disā」(十方)即十方之中;其意图是:那些成佛之法究竟在何方?上方、下方、横向的方所、四隅等,到处去寻找。「yāvatā dhammadhātuyā」(乃至法界)中,「yāvatā」(乃至)是表示界限的词语。「dhammadhātuyā」(法界)是指自性法,这里应补上“存在”一词。这整句的意思是:在所有自性法、欲界、色界、无色界诸法存在的范围内,我将去探究。显示巴利原文
Tattha handāti vavassaggatthe nipāto. Buddhakare dhammeti buddhattakare dhamme. Buddhattakarā nāma dhammā dānapāramitādayo dasa dhammā. Vicināmīti vicinissāmi, vīmaṃsissāmi upaparikkhissāmīti attho. Ito citoti ito ito, ayameva vā pāṭho. Tattha tattha vicināmīti attho. Uddhanti devaloke. Adhoti manussaloke. Dasa disāti dasasu disāsu; kattha nu kho te buddhakārakadhammā uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ disāsu vidisāsūti adhippāyo. Yāvatā dhammadhātuyāti ettha yāvatāti paricchedavacanaṃ. Dhammadhātuyāti sabhāvadhammassa, pavattanīti vacanaseso daṭṭhabbo. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yāvatikā sabhāvadhammānaṃ kāmarūpārūpadhammānaṃ pavatti, tāvatikaṃ vicinissāmīti vuttaṃ hoti.
「Vicinanto」指正在审察、考量。「Pubbakehi」指过去诸菩萨。「Anuciṇṇaṃ」指已经常行、已修习。「Samādiyā」意为应受持,意思是:从今天起,这第一布施巴拉密应当由我来修习圆满——这样说“受持”。「Dānapāramitaṃ gaccha」指去圆满布施巴拉密,也就是去把它修习圆满。「Yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi」的意思是:如果你前往菩提树下,想要证得无上正等正觉。「Yassa kassaci」指任何充满之物,比如水或乳等。与“充满”一词连接时,语法家们要求使用属格。或者它也表示具格的意义,意思是“以任何东西”。「Adho kato」指倒置,即把口朝下摆放。「Na tattha parirakkhati」指在倾倒时不会保留,会将水全部倾出。「Hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhime」意为下、中、上,其中的 -ma- 是词间连接音。“如倒置的罐”就是像口朝下的罐子一样。看到乞讨者前来后,善慧就这样自己教导自己:“善慧,你应当毫无保留地舍弃一切财富,以此圆满布施巴拉密;以舍弃肢体,圆满近波罗蜜;以舍弃生命,圆满究竟波罗蜜。”显示巴利原文
Vicinantoti vīmaṃsanto upaparikkhanto. Pubbakehīti porāṇehi bodhisattehi. Anuciṇṇanti ajjhāciṇṇaṃ āsevitaṃ. Samādiyāti samādiyanaṃ karohi, ajja paṭṭhāya ayaṃ paṭhamaṃ dānapāramī pūretabbā mayāti evaṃ samādiyāti attho. Dānapāramitaṃ gacchāti dānapāramiṃ gaccha, pūrayāti attho. Yadibodhiṃ pattumicchasīti bodhimūlamupagantvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ pattuṃ icchasi ce. Yassa kassacīti udakassa vā khīrassa vā yassa kassaci sampuṇṇo. Sampuṇṇasaddayoge sati sāmivacanaṃ icchanti saddavidū. Karaṇatthe vā sāmivacanaṃ, yena kenacīti attho. Adho katoti heṭṭhāmukhīkato. Na tattha parirakkhatīti tasmiṃ vamane na parirakkhati, nissesaṃ udakaṃ vamatevāti attho. Hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhimeti hīnamajjhimapaṇīte. Ma-kāro padasandhikaro. Kumbho viya adho katoti heṭṭhāmukhīkato viya kumbho. Yācake upagate disvā – ‘‘tvaṃ, sumedha, attano anavasesetvā sabbadhanapariccāgena dānapāramiṃ, aṅgapariccāgena upapāramiṃ, jīvitapariccāgena paramatthapāramiñca pūrehī’’ti evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ ovadi.
那时,他思惟“不应以这些成佛之法为足”,再向上省察时,见到第二戒波罗蜜,便生起此念:“善慧智者,你从今以后应当圆满戒波罗蜜。正如犛牛即使不顾生命,也唯独守护自己的尾毛;同样,你从今以后,即使不顾生命,也应当只守护戒律。”显示巴利原文
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakehi dhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya sīlapāramiṃ pūreyyāsi. Yathā camarī migo nāma jīvitampi anoloketvā attano vālameva rakkhati, evaṃ tvampi ito paṭṭhāya jīvitampi anoloketvā sīlameva rakkhanto buddho bhavissasī’’ti dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
并非只有这些才是佛陀的法;
我还要寻求其他能助成菩提的法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
在寻求的过程中,我见到了第二持戒巴拉密;
往昔诸大仙所惯行、常修习的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
你当使这第二波罗蜜坚固,并受持它;
若欲证菩提,当圆满持戒巴拉密。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ dutiyaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Sīlapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.
譬如牦牛之尾毛,若为某物所缠缚,
它宁可赴死,也不毁伤其尾。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi camarī vālaṃ, kismiñci paṭilaggitaṃ; Upeti maraṇaṃ tattha, na vikopeti vāladhiṃ.
同样地,你于四地圆满诸戒;
应恒常守护戒,犹如牦牛守护其尾。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ catūsu bhūmīsu, sīlāni paripūraya; Parirakkha sabbadā sīlaṃ, camarī viya vāladhi’’nti.
其中,“并非这些”是指并非只有这些。“菩提资粮”指道的成熟,或一切知智的成熟。“第二戒波罗蜜”:戒,即一切善法的基础;立足于戒的人不会从善法退失,并能获得一切世间与出世间的功德。因此,应当圆满戒波罗蜜,故说“他看到了第二戒波罗蜜”。这是它的含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha na heteti na hi eteyeva. Bodhipācanāti maggaparipācanā sabbaññutaññāṇaparipācanā vā. Dutiyaṃsīlapāraminti sīlaṃ nāma sabbesaṃ kusaladhammānaṃ patiṭṭhā, sīle patiṭṭhito kusaladhammehi na parihāyati, sabbepi lokiyalokuttaraguṇe paṭilabhati. Tasmā sīlapāramī pūretabbāti dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ addakkhinti attho.
“已习行、已修习”:指已修习且已多作。“牦牛”:即牦牛这种动物。“于某处”:指于任何一处,如树木、藤蔓、荆棘等之中。“被缠住”:指被缠绕住。“于彼处”:指于那被缠绕之处,便停下而赴死。“不破坏”:指不弄断。“尾”:意为不弄断尾毛而离开,即于彼处赴死。这是它的含义。显示巴利原文
Āsevitanisevitanti bhāvitañceva bahulīkatañca. Camarīti camarī migo. Kismiñcīti yattha katthaci rukkhalatākaṇṭakādīsu aññatarasmiṃ. Paṭilaggitanti paṭivilaggitaṃ. Tatthāti yattha vilaggitaṃ, tattheva ṭhatvā maraṇaṃ upagacchati. Na vikopetīti na chindati. Vāladhinti vālaṃ chinditvā na gacchati, tattheva maraṇaṃ upetīti attho.
「于四地之戒」是指依四种情况而分类的戒,即依「巴帝摩卡律仪护、根律仪护、活命遍净护、资具依止护」而说明。若从地的角度而言,则只包含在两地之中,但那也还是这四种戒。「圆满」是指没有破、没有穿、没有斑点等过失,达到圆满。「恒常」是指在一切时间。「如牦牛」是指像牦牛这类动物一样。这里其余的含义,也都是明显易懂的。显示巴利原文
Catūsubhūmīsu sīlānīti catūsu ṭhānesu vibhattasīlāni, pātimokkhasaṃvaraindriyasaṃvaraājīvapārisuddhipaccayasannissitavasenāti attho. Bhūmivasena pana dvīsuyeva bhūmīsu pariyāpannaṃ tampi catusīlamevāti. Paripūrayāti khaṇḍachiddasabalādiabhāvena paripūraya. Sabbadāti sabbakālaṃ. Camarī viyāti camarī migo viya. Sesametthāpi uttānatthamevāti.
当时,他(善慧)如此思惟:「成佛之法,不应仅仅只有这些。」于是,他进一步向上观察,看到第三的「出离巴拉密」后,便心生此念:「善慧贤者,你从今以后,也应当圆满『出离巴拉密』了。好比一个长久被关在牢狱里的人,他对那个地方不会产生爱着,反而会感到极度厌离,不想再住下去。同样地,你也应该把一切『有』都看作是牢狱一般来观察,对一切『有』心生厌离,渴望从中解脱,内心朝向出离。如此,你将会成为佛陀。」这样想后,他便坚定地确立了第三「出离巴拉密」,并下定决心去修持。因此,宣说了以下内容:显示巴利原文
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakehi dhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato tatiyaṃ nekkhammapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya nekkhammapāramimpi pūreyyāsi. Yathāpi suciraṃ bandhanāgāre vasamāno puriso na tattha sinehaṃ karoti, atha kho ukkaṇṭhito avasitukāmo hoti, evameva tvampi sabbabhave bandhanāgārasadise katvā passa, sabbabhavehi ukkaṇṭhito muccitukāmo hutvā nekkhammābhimukhova hoti, evaṃ buddho bhavissasī’’ti tatiyaṃ nekkhammapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
成佛之法,并非仅此而已;
我尚要寻择其他能成就菩提之法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
当时,我如此探寻时,看见了第三出离巴拉密;
这是过去诸大仙所恒常修习、反复修习之法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, tatiyaṃ nekkhammapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
你现在应将这「第三」——即出离巴拉密——坚固地受持;
修习出离巴拉密吧,若你想证得菩提。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ tatiyaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Nekkhammapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.
正如有人久困牢狱,备受痛苦煎熬;
他于彼处不生贪爱,但求解脱。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā andughare puriso, ciravuṭṭho dukhaṭṭito; Na tattha rāgaṃ janeti, muttiṃyeva gavesati.
‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbabhave, passa andughare viya; Nekkhammābhimukho hoti, bhavato parimuttiyā’’ti.
在此,“andughare”意为监牢。“ciravuṭṭho”意为久住。“dukhaṭṭito”意为被苦所迫。“natattha rāgaṃ janeti”:于彼监牢中,不生起贪爱、贪著。他不会这样想:“我要离开这个监牢,不会去别的地方。”如此,他对那里不生贪爱,唯求脱离、解脱,这是其含义。“Nekkhammābhimukho”:成为朝向出离者。“Bhavato”:从一切有中。“Parimuttiyā”:为解脱。另有读法作:“成为朝向出离者,你将获得正觉。”其余内容浅显易懂。显示巴利原文
Tattha andughareti bandhanāgāre. Ciravuṭṭhoti cirakālaṃ vuṭṭho. Dukhaṭṭitoti dukkhapīḷito. Natattha rāgaṃ janetīti tattha andughare rāgaṃ sinehaṃ na janeti na uppādeti. ‘‘Imaṃ andugharaṃ muñcitvā nāhaṃ aññattha gamissāmī’’ti evaṃ tattha rāgaṃ na janeti, kintu muttiṃyeva mokkhameva gavesatīti adhippāyo. Nekkhammābhimukhoti nikkhamanābhimukho hoti. Bhavatoti sabbabhavehi. Parimuttiyāti parimocanatthāya. Nekkhammābhimukho hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’tipi pāṭho. Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti.
当他进一步思惟:‘成佛之法并非只有这些而已’时,他看见了第四智慧巴拉密,并这样想:‘善慧智者,从今以后,你也要圆满智慧巴拉密。对于下等、中等、上等的智者,你都不应回避,应亲近所有的智者,向他们请问问题。正如托钵乞食的比丘,对于下等、中等、上等的家庭皆不回避,次第乞食,很快便获得维持生命所需之食;同样地,你也应亲近所有智者,请问问题,你将成佛。’他如此下定决心,坚固确立了第四智慧巴拉密。因此说道:显示巴利原文
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato catutthaṃ paññāpāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya paññāpāramimpi pūreyyāsi. Hīnamajjhimukkaṭṭhesu kañci avajjetvā sabbepi paṇḍite upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ puccheyyāsi. Yathāpi piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu hīnādibhedesu kulesu kiñci kulaṃ avivajjetvā paṭipāṭiyā piṇḍāya caranto khippaṃ yāpanamattaṃ labhati, evameva tvampi sabbe paṇḍite upasaṅkamitvā pucchanto buddho bhavissasī’’ti catutthaṃ paññāpāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
成佛之法,并非只有这些而已;
我还要探寻其他导向觉悟的法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
那时,在探寻中,我见到了那第四的智慧巴拉密;
这是过去诸大仙所恒常修习、反复修习之法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, catutthaṃ paññāpāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
你应当将这第四——即智慧巴拉密——牢固确立而受持。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ catutthaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Paññāpāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.
正如一位比丘在乞食时,于下等、上等、中等的家族,
不回避任何一家,如此得维持生计。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā hi bhikkhu bhikkhanto, hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhime; Kulāni na vivajjento, evaṃ labhati yāpanaṃ.
‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbakālaṃ, paripucchaṃ budhaṃ janaṃ; Paññāya pāramiṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
此处,“bhikkhanto”意为为了乞食而行。“hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhime”指下等、殊胜、中等的家族,此为词性转换。“na vivajjento”意为不回避,即不拣择;若舍弃挨家挨户的次第行乞,则名为回避;他不这样行,故为不回避。“yāpana”指他仅获得维持生命、延续身命的粗食。“paripucchaṃ”指他前往各处,向著名的智者遍问:“尊者,什么是善?什么是不善?什么是有过失?什么是无过失?”等。“budhaṃ janaṃ”指具智慧之人;亦有异读作“Budhe jane”。“慧彼岸(paññāya pāramiṃ)”即慧之彼岸;亦有异读作“慧波罗蜜(paññāpāramitaṃ gantvā)”。其余部分,于此也容易明白。显示巴利原文
Tattha bhikkhantoti piṇḍāya caranto. Hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhimeti hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhimāni kulānīti attho. Liṅgavipariyāso kato. Na vivajjentoti na pariharanto, gharapaṭipāṭiṃ muñcitvā caranto vivajjeti nāma, evamakatvāti attho. Yāpananti yāpanamattaṃ pāṇadhāraṇaṃ āhāraṃ labhatīti attho. Paripucchanti – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, kusalaṃ, kiṃ akusalaṃ; kiṃ sāvajjaṃ, kiṃ anavajja’’ntiādinā (dī. ni. 3.84, 216) nayena tattha tattha abhiññāte paṇḍite jane upasaṅkamitvā paripucchantoti attho. Budhaṃ jananti paṇḍitaṃ janaṃ. ‘‘Budhe jane’’tipi pāṭho. Paññāya pāraminti paññāya pāraṃ. ‘‘Paññāpāramitaṃ gantvā’’tipi pāṭho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.
而后,他进一步思惟:“不应仅仅以这些成佛之法便为足够。”进而观察到第五精进巴拉密,心生此念:“善慧智者,你从今起也应圆满精进巴拉密。正如狮子、兽王于一切威仪中精进坚定,同样,你于一切有、一切威仪中,也应精进坚定、不动不摇,以此成就佛果。”由此,他决意坚定地受持第五精进巴拉密。所以说:显示巴利原文
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato pañcamaṃ vīriyapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya vīriyapāramimpi pūreyyāsi. Yathāpi sīho migarājā sabbairiyāpathesu daḷhavīriyo hoti, evaṃ tvampi sabbabhavesu sabbairiyāpathesu daḷhavīriyo anolīnavīriyo samāno buddho bhavissasī’’ti pañcamaṃ vīriyapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
这些成佛之法,并非仅此而已;
我还要进一步探寻其他成就觉悟之法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
如此探寻之时,我见到了第五精进巴拉密——
这是过去大仙们反复修习的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, pañcamaṃ vīriyapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
你应当先坚定地受持这第五波罗蜜,
若你志求证得菩提,便应修习精进巴拉密。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ pañcamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Vīriyapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.
恰如兽王狮子,无论安坐还是经行,
精进不懈,心意恒常振奋。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi sīho migarājā, nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame; Alīnavīriyo hoti, paggahitamano sadā.
‘同样地,你应在一切有中,坚毅地策励精进;
成就精进巴拉密之后,你将证得正觉。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbabhave, paggaṇha vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ; Vīriyapāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
其中,“不懈怠精进”即不退缩的精进。“于一切生存界”意为于已生的一切生存界,也就是于一切生存界中。另有版本作:“发起精进后,你将会证得正觉。”此处其余内容也容易明白。显示巴利原文
Tattha alīnavīriyoti anolīnavīriyo. Sabbabhaveti jātajātabhave, sabbesu bhavesūti attho. Āraddhavīriyo hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasītipi pāṭho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.
那时,他心想“不应仅以这些成佛之法为足”,于是进一步探求,看到了第六忍耐巴拉密,便这样想:“善慧贤者,你从今以后应当圆满忍耐巴拉密,于他人的恭敬或轻蔑都应安忍。正如大地,人们将洁净与不净之物都倾泻其上,而大地对此不生爱著,也不生嗔怒,只是忍耐、忍受、承受。同样地,你于一切恭敬与轻蔑都能安忍,便能成佛。”如此坚固了第六忍耐巴拉密并下定决心。由此而说:显示巴利原文
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato chaṭṭhamaṃ khantipāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya khantipāramiṃ paripūreyyāsi, sammānanepi avamānanepi khamova bhaveyyāsi. Yathā hi pathaviyaṃ nāma sucimpi pakkhipanti asucimpi, na ca tena pathavī sinehaṃ vā paṭighaṃ vā karoti, khamati sahati adhivāsetiyeva, evameva tvampi sabbesaṃ sammānanāvamānanesu khamo samāno buddho bhavissasī’’ti chaṭṭhamaṃ khantipāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
这些佛陀之法并非仅此而已,我还要探寻其他能成就觉悟的法。
在探寻中,我见到了第六忍耐巴拉密,这正是过去诸大仙人反复修习的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
那时,你如此抉择,志求这第六波罗蜜,
犹如大地,对清净与不清净的一切,皆安忍承载,不由此生起瞋怒。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, chaṭṭhamaṃ khantipāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ chaṭṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Tattha advejjhamānaso, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.
譬如大地,无论清净或不清净之物,
皆能容纳一切弃物,而不因此生起嗔怒。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi pathavī nāma, sucimpi asucimpi ca; Sabbaṃ sahati nikkhepaṃ, na karoti paṭighaṃ tayā.
‘‘Tatheva tvampi sabbesaṃ, sammānāvamānakkhamo; Khantipāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
其中,“于此”是指于彼忍耐巴拉密。“心意专一”是指心意坚定不二。“净物”是指栴檀、藏红花、香、花鬘等洁净之物。“不净物”则指蛇、犬、人尸、粪、尿、唾、鼻涕等不净之物。“容忍”即忍受、安忍。“弃置物”指被丢弃的东西。“嗔”即忿怒。“以此”是指凭借这种行持,或凭借这种弃置的状态。也有读作“paṭighaṃ dayaṃ”的,其意思是:因那样的弃置而不随逐嗔怒。“堪忍尊敬与轻蔑者”是说:你能忍受一切人的尊敬与轻蔑。此外,还有一种读法是“Tatheva tvampi sabbabhave, sammānanavimānakkhamo”(同样地,你在一切生存中,堪忍尊敬与轻视)。也有读作“Khantiyā pāramiṃ gantvā”(抵达忍辱的彼岸)的,其意思是……显示巴利原文
Tattha tatthāti tassaṃ khantipāramiyaṃ. Advejjhamānasoti ekaṃsamānaso. Sucimpīti candanakuṅkumagandhamālādisucimpi. Asucimpīti ahikukkuramanussakuṇapagūthamuttakheḷasiṅghāṇikādiasucimpi. Sahatīti khamati, adhivāseti. Nikkhepanti nikkhittaṃ. Paṭighanti kodhaṃ. Tayāti tāya vuttiyā, tāya nikkhittatāya vā. ‘‘Paṭighaṃ daya’’ntipi pāṭho, tassa tena nikkhepena paṭighānurodhaṃ na karotīti attho. Sammānāvamānakkhamoti sabbesaṃ sammānanāvamānanasaho tvampi bhavāti attho. ‘‘Tatheva tvampi sabbabhave, sammānanavimānakkhamo’’tipi paṭhanti. ‘‘Khantiyā pāramiṃ gantvā’’tipi pāṭho, tassā khantiyā pāramipūraṇavasena gantvāti attho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti. Ito paraṃ ettakampi avatvā yattha yattha viseso atthi, taṃ tameva vatvā pāṭhantaraṃ dassetvā gamissāmāti.
随后,他思惟:“不应仅凭这些成佛之法便足够”,于是继续向上寻求,见到了第七真实巴拉密,便如此思惟:“善慧贤者,从今以后,你还应当圆满真实巴拉密。即使霹雳落在头顶,为了财物等事,出于贪欲等因,你也绝不可故意说妄语。就像药草星在任何季节都不偏离自己的轨道而走入他轨,唯行自轨;同样地,你也不应背离真实而说妄语。如此不说妄语,你将成为佛陀。”他这样坚定地确立了第七真实巴拉密,并下了决心。因此,经中这样说:显示巴利原文
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato sattamaṃ saccapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya saccapāramimpi pūreyyāsi, asaniyā matthake patamānāyapi dhanādīnaṃ atthāya chandādīnaṃ vasena sampajānamusāvādaṃ nāma mā bhāsi. Yathāpi osadhītārakā nāma sabbautūsu attano gamanavīthiṃ vijahitvā aññāya vīthiyā na gacchati, sakavīthiyāva gacchati, evameva tvampi saccaṃ pahāya musāvādaṃ nāma avadantoyeva buddho bhavissasī’’ti sattamaṃ saccapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
并非仅有这些法,才算是成佛之法;
我也将探寻其他那些能助成觉悟的法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
正当探寻时,我见到了第七谛波罗蜜;
过去诸“大仙”(佛陀)也都曾修习、反复亲近于此。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, sattamaṃ saccapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
这第七种,你须先坚固确立并受持;
在那里,成为语无二异者,你将证得正觉。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ sattamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Tattha advejjhavacano, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.
如同名为药星的星辰,在含天世间被奉为准绳;
在雨季或季节更迭之时,它从不偏离轨道。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi osadhī nāma, tulābhūtā sadevake; Samaye utuvasse vā, na vokkamati vīthito.
同样地,你于诸谛也绝不可偏离轨道;
抵达谛波罗蜜后,你将证得正自觉。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tatheva tvampi saccesu, mā vokkama hi vīthito; Saccapāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
其中,“tathā(如是)”指于谛波罗蜜中。“advejjhavacana(语无二异者)”即言语不虚妄。“osadhī(药星)”名为药星;因为看见药星升起,人们便去采集药物,所以称之为“药星”。“tulābhūtā(视为准绳)”意为成为衡量的标准。“sadevake(含天神的)”指对含天神的世间。“samaye(在雨季时节)”指在雨季之时。“utuvasse(季节变化时)”指冬季和夏季。另有读作“samaye utuvaṭṭe(在时节与季节之际)”,其中“samaye(时节)”指夏季,“utuvaṭṭe(季节之际)”指冬季和雨季,这是它的含义。“na vokkamati vīthito(不偏离轨道)”即在属于自己的季节中,不偏离、不离开它所运行的轨道;它用六个月向西行,再用六个月向东行。或者另一种解释:“osadhī”指生姜、胡椒、辣椒等药物。“na vokkamati(不偏离)”指凡是能给予果实的药物,皆不错失结果的时节而退转,必然给出自己的果实。“vīthito(从轨道)显示巴利原文
Tattha tatthāti saccapāramiyaṃ. Advejjhavacanoti avitathavacano. Osadhī nāmāti osadhītārakā, osadhagahaṇe osadhītārakaṃ uditaṃ disvā osadhaṃ gaṇhanti. Tasmā ‘‘osadhītārakā’’ti vuccati. Tulābhūtāti pamāṇabhūtā. Sadevaketi sadevakassa lokassa. Samayeti vassasamaye. Utuvasseti hemantagimhesu. ‘‘Samaye utuvaṭṭe’’tipi pāṭho. Tassa samayeti gimhe. Utuvaṭṭeti hemante ca vassāne cāti attho. Navokkamati vīthitoti taṃ taṃ utumhi attano gamanavīthito na vokkamati na vigacchati, cha māse pacchimaṃ disaṃ gacchati, cha māse pubbaṃ disaṃ gacchatīti. Atha vā osadhī nāmāti siṅgiverapipphalimaricādikaṃ osadhaṃ. Na vokkamatīti yaṃ yaṃ phaladānasamatthaṃ osadhaṃ, taṃ taṃ phaladānaṃ okkamma attano phalaṃ adatvā na nivattati. Vīthitoti gamanavīthito, pittaharo pittaṃ harateva, vātaharo vātaṃ harateva, semhaharo semhaṃ haratevāti attho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.
随后,当他进一步思惟“不应仅以这些成佛之法为足”时,见到了第八决意波罗蜜,心中生起此念:“善慧贤者,从今以后,你也要圆满决意波罗蜜。你决意什么,就应在那决意中坚如磐石。正如一座山,纵然四方来风吹袭,也不摇动、不晃荡,唯安住于本位;同样地,你也要在自己的决意中毫不动摇,如此你将证得正觉。”于是,他令第八决意波罗蜜坚固,并安立了决意。因此这样说——显示巴利原文
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato aṭṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya adhiṭṭhānapāramimpi pūreyyāsi, yaṃ adhiṭṭhāsi, tasmiṃ adhiṭṭhāne niccalo bhaveyyāsi, yathā pabbato nāma sabbadisāsu vāte paharantepi na kampati na calati, attano ṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati, evameva tvampi attano adhiṭṭhāne niccalo hontova buddho bhavissasī’’ti aṭṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsīti. Tena vuttaṃ –
并非仅此便成佛陀之法;
我将进一步探寻,其余能助成菩提之法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
当时,我正寻觅着,见到了第八决意波罗蜜;
那是过去诸大仙们反复修习、数数依止的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, aṭṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
此第八者,你应先坚固确立而受持;
于彼中,你成为不动者,将证得正觉。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Tattha tvaṃ acalo hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.
犹如石山,稳固不动,善为安立;
虽遇强风亦不动摇,唯安住于自处。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi pabbato selo, acalo suppatiṭṭhito; Na kampati bhusavātehi, sakaṭṭhāneva tiṭṭhati.
同样,你就在那决意之处,恒常不动摇;
到达决意波罗蜜已,你将证得正觉。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tattheva tvampi adhiṭṭhāne, sabbadā acalo bhava; Adhiṭṭhānapāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
其中,“selo”是指由岩石构成的。“acalo”即不动,不摇动。“suppatiṭṭhito”指善安立,即因不动的特性而很好地安立。也有读作:“犹如山,不动,深植而善为安立。”“bhusavātehi”指强风,即猛烈之风。“sakaṭṭhāneva”指它自己的所在之处,意思就是如其所安立之处。其余的内容在这里也是明白易懂的。显示巴利原文
Tattha seloti silāmayo. Acaloti niccalo suppatiṭṭhitoti acalattāva suṭṭhu patiṭṭhito. ‘‘Yathāpi pabbato acalo, nikhāto suppatiṭṭhito’’tipi pāṭho. Bhusavātehīti balavavātehi. Sakaṭṭhānevāti attano ṭhāneyeva, yathāṭhitaṭṭhāneyevāti attho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.
当时,他进一步思择:“不应仅满足于这些成佛之法。”当他见到第九慈爱巴拉密时,心中生起这样的念头:“善慧贤者,从今以后,你应当圆满慈爱巴拉密。对于有益者与无益者,你都应保持同一心。就像水,无论对恶人还是善人,都平等地以清凉之性遍满;同样,你也应以慈心,对一切众生保持同一心,成就佛道。”他就这样决意,坚定不移地确立了第九慈爱巴拉密。由此说:显示巴利原文
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato navamaṃ mettāpāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya mettāpāramiṃ pūreyyāsi, hitesupi ahitesupi ekacittova bhaveyyāsi. Yathāpi udakaṃ nāma pāpajanassapi kalyāṇajanassapi sītabhāvaṃ ekasadisaṃ katvā pharati, evameva tvampi sabbasattesu mettacittena ekacittova hutvā buddho bhavissasī’’ti navamaṃ mettāpāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsīti. Tena vuttaṃ –
并非仅有这些,便是佛陀之法;
我还要探寻其他,能成熟菩提之法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
当时,我正寻觅,见到了第九慈爱巴拉密;
这是过去诸「古仙人」(pubbaka)中的「大仙」(mahesi)们所反复修习和遵循的(āsevitanisevitaṃ)。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, navamaṃ mettāpāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
这第九种,你当先坚确立并稳固受持;
若你希望证得觉悟,便应依于慈而成为无与伦比者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ navamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Mettāya asamo hoti, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.
譬如水,无论善人恶人,
都平等地以清凉遍洒(samaṃ pharati sītena),冲走尘垢(rajomalaṃ)。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi udakaṃ nāma, kalyāṇe pāpake jane; Samaṃ pharati sītena, pavāheti rajomalaṃ.
同样地,你于有利、无利者,皆应平等修习慈;
圆满了慈爱巴拉密,你将证得正觉。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ hitāhite, samaṃ mettāya bhāvaya; Mettāpāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
在这里,“无等(asamo hohi)”的意思是:在修习慈方面应当没有可相比的(asadisa)。那里也有“你成为等同者(samasamo hohi)”的异读,意思很明显。“平等(samaṃ)”就是等同(tulyaṃ)。“遍洒(pharati)”就是触及(phusati)。“冲走(pavāheti)”就是净化、清除(visodheti)。“尘(raja)”指的是从外面来的灰尘(āgantukarajaṃ)。“垢(mala)”指的是身体产生的汗垢之类(sedamalādi)。“尘垢(rajamala)”也有异读,意思相同。“利不利者(hitāhite)”指的是有利和不利(hite ca ahite ca),也就是朋友和不是朋友(mitte ca amitte ca)。“修习慈(mettāya bhāvaya)”的意思是修习慈(mettaṃ bhāvaya),让它增长。其余内容在这里也是很显然的。显示巴利原文
Tattha asamo hohīti mettābhāvanāya asadiso hohi. Tattha ‘‘tvaṃ samasamo hohī’’tipi pāṭho, so uttānatthova. Samanti tulyaṃ. Pharatīti phusati. Pavāhetīti visodheti. Rajoti āgantukarajaṃ. Malanti sarīre uṭṭhitaṃ sedamalādiṃ. ‘‘Rajamala’’ntipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Hitāhiteti hite ca ahite ca, mitte ca amitte cāti attho. Mettāya bhāvayāti mettaṃ bhāvaya vaḍḍhehi. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.
接着,当他进一步思惟“不应仅仅以这些成佛之法为足”时,更向上观察,见到了第十个舍巴拉密,于是他想:“善慧贤者,从今以后,你应当圆满舍巴拉密,于乐与苦中皆保持中舍。犹如大地,无论被投入净物或不净物,都持中舍;同样,你于苦乐中保持中舍,便将成佛。”他坚固地决意这第十个舍巴拉密,确立了誓愿。由此而说:显示巴利原文
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato dasamaṃ upekkhāpāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya upekkhāpāramiṃ paripūreyyāsi, sukhepi dukkhepi majjhattova bhaveyyāsi. Yathāpi pathavī nāma sucimpi asucimpi ca pakkhipamāne majjhattāva hoti, evameva tvampi sukhadukkhesu majjhattova honto buddho bhavissasī’’ti dasamaṃ upekkhāpāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
我还会去探寻其他能够成熟菩提的法(Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā)。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
那时,在探寻中,我见到了第十个——舍巴拉密;
它是过去诸大仙人们所反复修习的(Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ)。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, dasamaṃ upekkhāpāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
“你应当先坚定地受持这第十个;”
当你如秤一般坚固稳定,便将证得正觉。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ dasamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Tulābhūto daḷho hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.
犹如大地,对于倾倒在它上面的不净物与净物,
它对这两者俱行中舍,因为它已舍离了忿怒与偏爱。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi pathavī nāma, nikkhittaṃ asuciṃ suciṃ; Upekkhati ubhopete, kopānunayavajjitā.
同样地,你于苦乐之中,应恒常保持如秤般的平等中舍;
圆满舍巴拉密已,你将证得正觉。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sukhadukkhe, tulābhūto sadā bhava; Upekkhāpāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
这里,“如秤中立”是指安住于中舍的状态。如同秤杆在称量时平衡地停留在中间,不向下沉,也不向上翘;同样地,你在苦乐中也应如秤一般保持平衡,便能证得正觉。“排除忿恨与随喜”是指排除了嗔恚与贪着。另有一读作“排除怜悯与忿怒”,其义相同。其余的内容,应依忍耐巴拉密中所述的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
Tattha tulābhūtoti majjhattabhāve ṭhito yathā tulāya daṇḍo samaṃ tulito samaṃ tiṭṭhati, na namati na unnamati, evameva tvampi sukhadukkhesu tulāsadiso hutvā sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi. Kopānunayavajjitāti paṭighānurodhavajjitā. ‘‘Dayākopavivajjitā’’tipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Sesaṃ khantipāramiyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
于是,善慧智者审察完这十种波罗蜜法后,又进一步思惟:“在此世间,菩萨们所应圆满的菩提资粮、成就佛陀之法,唯有这些,更无其余。而这些波罗蜜,上不在虚空,下不在大地,也不在东方等诸方;它们唯安住于我心脏肉团之中。”当他如此见这些波罗蜜安住于自心中后,便将一切波罗蜜坚固决意,以顺、逆方式反复审察:从终点回溯到起点,从起点安立终点;从中间推及两端,从两端收归中间。布施外财称为波罗蜜,布施肢节称为近波罗蜜,布施生命称为究竟义波罗蜜。如此,他审察十波罗蜜、十近波罗蜜、十究竟义波罗蜜,合三十波罗蜜,犹如搅拌双油一般加以检视。当他审察十波罗蜜时,由于法之威力,这片宽广辽阔、厚达二十四万由旬的大地,就像被大象践踏的芦苇捆,又如被压榨的甘蔗榨机,发出巨大轰鸣,震动、大震动、遍震动;如陶轮、榨油轮般旋转起来。因此说:显示巴利原文
Tato sumedhapaṇḍito ime dasa pāramidhamme vicinitvā tato paraṃ cintesi – ‘‘imasmiṃ loke bodhisattehi paripūretabbā bodhipācanā buddhattakarā dhammā ettakāyeva, na ito bhiyyo, imā pana pāramiyo uddhaṃ ākāsepi natthi, na heṭṭhā pathaviyampi, na puratthimādīsu disāsupi atthi, mayhaṃyeva pana hadayamaṃsantareyeva patiṭṭhitā’’ti. Evaṃ tāsaṃ attano hadaye patiṭṭhitabhāvaṃ disvā sabbāpi tā daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāya punappunaṃ sammasanto anulomapaṭilomaṃ sammasi, pariyante gahetvā ādimhi pāpesi, ādimhi gahetvā pariyante ṭhapesi, majjhe gahetvā ubhato osāpesi, ubhato koṭīsu gahetvā majjhe osāpesi. Bāhirabhaṇḍapariccāgo pāramiyo nāma, aṅgapariccāgo upapāramiyo nāma, jīvitapariccāgo paramatthapāramiyo nāmāti dasa pāramiyo dasa upapāramiyo dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samattiṃsa pāramiyo yamakatelaṃ vinivaṭṭento viya sammasi. Tassa dasa pāramiyo sammasantassa dhammatejena catunahutādhikadviyojanasatasahassabahalā vipulā ayaṃ mahāpathavī hatthinā akkantanaḷakalāpo viya uppīḷiyamānaṃ ucchuyantaṃ viya ca mahāviravaṃ viravamānā saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi. Kulālacakkaṃ viya telayantacakkaṃ viya ca paribbhami. Tena vuttaṃ –
“世间之中,作为菩提资粮的法,只有这些;”
“于此之上更无其余,你应当于此坚定安住。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ettakāyeva te loke, ye dhammā bodhipācanā; Tatuddhaṃ natthi aññatra, daḷhaṃ tattha patiṭṭhaha.
审察这些法,依其自性、作用与特相;
凭法之威力,一万世界大地震动。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ime dhamme sammasato, sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇe; Dhammatejena vasudhā, dasasahassī pakampatha.
大地震动、哮吼,如受挤压的甘蔗榨机;
犹如榨油之轮,大地如是震荡。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Calatī ravatī pathavī, ucchuyantaṃva pīḷitaṃ; Telayante yathā cakkaṃ, evaṃ kampati medanī’’ti.
“唯这些”:是为了表明刚才所说的十波罗蜜既没有减少,也没有增加。“其上”:指在十波罗蜜之上再没有别的。“此外”:指别的东西,此词义应从声明论典中了解。意思是:除了这十波罗蜜之外,再没有其他能成就佛果的成佛之法。“于彼”:即在这十波罗蜜之中。“坚住”:指确立、安住,即以圆满的方式安住其中。显示巴利原文
Tattha ettakāyevāti niddiṭṭhānaṃ dasannaṃ pāramitānaṃ anūnādhikabhāvassa dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tatuddhanti tato dasapāramīhi uddhaṃ natthi. Aññatrāti aññaṃ, lakkhaṇaṃ saddasatthato gahetabbaṃ. Tato dasapāramito añño buddhakārakadhammo natthīti attho. Tatthāti tāsu dasasu pāramīsu. Patiṭṭhahāti patiṭṭha, paripūrento tiṭṭhāti attho.
“这些法”:指波罗蜜法。“正思惟”:指正在审察;这里应作为“不敬”意义的属格来理解。“以自性味之相”:即以称为自性的味相而审察。“法之威力”:指简择波罗蜜的智慧威力。“大地”:“宝”(vasu)是珍宝,因为能持宝,或宝被安置于此,故称为持宝地,也就是这片大地。“震动”:即已经震动。意思是:当善慧贤者正在审择波罗蜜时,由于他智慧的力量,一万个世界震动了起来。显示巴利原文
Ime dhammeti pāramidhamme. Sammasatoti upaparikkhantassa, anādaratthe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇeti sabhāvasaṅkhātena sarasalakkhaṇena sammasantassāti attho. Dhammatejenāti pāramipavicayañāṇatejena. Vasudhāti vasūti ratanaṃ vuccati, taṃ dhāreti dhīyati vā etthāti vasudhā . Kā sā? Medanī. Pakampathāti pakampittha. Sumedhapaṇḍite pana pāramiyo vicinante tassa ñāṇatejena dasasahassī pakampitthāti attho.
“动”:以六种方式震动。“吼”:发出响声、种种嘈杂声。“如被挤压的甘蔗榨汁机”:如同受到挤压的甘蔗榨汁机。也有读作“如被挤压的糖榨机”,意思相同。“在榨油机中”:即在榨油机器当中。“如同轮子”:就像转轮工人所用的巨大轮状机械。“如是”:正如榨油轮机械旋转、震动那样,这片大地也在这样震动。其余文句是浅显易懂的。显示巴利原文
Calatīti chappakārā kampi. Ravatīti nadati vikūjati. Ucchuyantaṃva pīḷitanti nippīḷitaṃ ucchuyantaṃ viya. ‘‘Guḷayantaṃva pīḷita’’ntipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Telayanteti telapīḷanayante. Yathā cakkanti cakkikānaṃ mahācakkayantaṃ viya. Evanti yathā telapīḷanacakkayantaṃ paribbhamati kampati, evaṃ ayaṃ medanī kampatīti attho. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.
大地如此震动之时,可爱城的居民们正供养世尊,却无法站稳,犹如被乾闼婆山吹来的大风所袭的大娑罗树一般,昏迷倒地。陶工所制的罐子等器物滚动相撞,碎为粉末。大众心怀恐惧,来到导师面前问道:“世尊,这是龙卷风吗?还是某种鬼神、夜叉或天神所起的旋风?我们全然不知。而且,所有大众都为恐怖所困。世间将有恶事发生,还是善事?请您为我们开示此中缘由。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ mahāpathaviyā kampamānāya rammanagaravāsino manussā bhagavantaṃ parivisayamānā saṇṭhātuṃ asakkontā yugandharavātabbhāhatā mahāsālā viya mucchitā papatiṃsu. Ghaṭādīni kulālabhaṇḍāni pavaṭṭentāni aññamaññaṃ paharantāni cuṇṇavicuṇṇāni ahesuṃ. Mahājano bhītatasito satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho bhagavā ‘nāgāvaṭṭo ayaṃ, bhūtayakkhadevatāsu aññatarāvaṭṭo vā’ti na hi mayaṃ etaṃ jānāma. Api ca kho sabbopi ayaṃ mahājano bhayena upadduto, kiṃ nu kho imassa lokassa pāpakaṃ bhavissati, udāhu kalyāṇaṃ, kathetha no etaṃ kāraṇa’’nti pucchiṃsu.
导师听到他们的话之后,说道:“你们莫要害怕,莫要忧虑,不必因此而心生恐惧。今日被我授记‘未来当成为名为乔达摩的佛陀’的那位善慧智者,如今正在思惟诸波罗蜜。当他如此思惟时,由于法之威力,整个一万世界同时震动并发出轰鸣。”由此,他说出如下偈颂:显示巴利原文
Atha satthā tesaṃ kathaṃ sutvā – ‘‘tumhe mā bhāyittha, mā kho cintayittha, natthi vo itonidānaṃ bhayaṃ, yo so mayā ajja sumedhapaṇḍito ‘anāgate gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’ti byākato, so idāni pāramiyo sammasati, tassa sammasantassa dhammatejena sakaladasasahassī lokadhātu ekappahārena kampati ceva viravati cā’’ti āha. Tena vuttaṃ –
在佛陀受供之处,在场所有的会众,
他们战栗着,昏厥倒地。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yāvatā parisā āsi, buddhassa parivesane; Pavedhamānā sā tattha, mucchitā seti bhūmiyaṃ.
数千个罐子和数百只水壶,
在那里相互撞击,被碾得粉碎,搅成一团。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ghaṭānekasahassāni, kumbhīnañca satā bahū; Sañcuṇṇamathitā tattha, aññamaññaṃ paghaṭṭitā.
‘‘Ubbiggā tasitā bhītā, bhantā byathitamānasā; Mahājanā samāgamma, dīpaṅkaramupāgamuṃ.
‘‘Kiṃ bhavissati lokassa, kalyāṇamatha pāpakaṃ; Sabbo upadduto loko, taṃ vinodehi cakkhuma.
那时,大牟尼燃灯佛这般令他们了知:
当此大地震动时,你们应当放心,莫要恐惧。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tesaṃ tadā saññāpesi, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni; Vissatthā hotha mā bhātha, imasmiṃ pathavikampane.
「我今天所授记的那个人」:即我今天授记说‘他将在世间成为佛陀’的那一位。
「他正确地思惟法」:指他正确地思惟那自古传承、为诸胜利者所遵行的法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yamahaṃ ajja byākāsiṃ, buddho loke bhavissati; Eso sammasatī dhammaṃ, pubbakaṃ jinasevitaṃ.
「当他无余思惟法、佛地时」:指当他毫无余留地思惟那作为佛地的彼岸法时。
「以此因缘,这大地连同天界一万世界震动」:正是以他如此思惟为因缘,这大地连同包含天神在内的一万世界,悉皆震动。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassa sammasato dhammaṃ, buddhabhūmiṃ asesato; Tenāyaṃ kampitā pathavī, dasasahassī sadevake’’ti.
此处,「yāvatā」指全部的,即所有的。「āsīti ahosi」指‘有过’。也有读作‘Yā tadā parisā āsī’的,其意义为‘那时安住于彼处的众人’。「pavedhamānā」指正在震动、动摇。「sā」指那众人。「tattha」指在那个供养之处。「setī」指躺卧。显示巴利原文
Tattha yāvatāti yāvatikā. Āsīti ahosi. ‘‘Yā tadā parisā āsī’’tipi pāṭho, tassa yā tattha parisā ṭhitā āsīti attho. Pavedhamānāti kampamānā. Sāti sā parisā. Tatthāti tasmiṃ parivesanaṭṭhāne. Setīti sayittha.
「Ghaṭā」指众罐,此词形式上是主格,表达的却是属格的含义,意为成千上万的罐子。「Sañcuṇṇamathitā」指被粉碎且被搅拌,也就是被搅拌得粉碎。「Aññamaññaṃ paghaṭṭitā」指彼此互相撞击。「Ubbiggā」指内心被惊扰、恐惧。「Tasitā」指生起了惊恐。「Bhītā」指被怖畏所吓。「Bhantā」指心在悸动,也就是心散乱了。这些彼此都是同义词。「Samāgammā」指聚集起来以后。这就是读法。显示巴利原文
Ghaṭāti ghaṭānaṃ, sāmiatthe paccattavacanaṃ, ghaṭānaṃ nekasahassānīti attho. Sañcuṇṇamathitāti cuṇṇā ceva mathitā ca, mathitasañcuṇṇāti attho. Aññamaññaṃ paghaṭṭitāti aññamaññaṃ pahaṭā. Ubbiggāti utrāsahadayā. Tasitāti sañjātatāsā. Bhītāti bhayabhītā. Bhantāti phandanamānasā, vibbhantacittāti attho. Sabbāni panetāni aññamaññavevacanāni. Samāgammāti samāgantvā. Ayameva vā pāṭho.
「Upadduto」指被压迫、受逼迫。「taṃ vinodehi」指除去那种受压迫的怖畏,也就是令它消亡。「Cakkhumā」指具足五眼的具眼者。「Tesaṃ tadā」指那时那些人,此处是属格表受格的含义。「Saññāpesī」指令他知道,令他觉悟。「Visatthā」指放心,内心已安稳。「Mā bhātha」指你们不要惧怕。「Yamahaṃ」指我所说的那位善慧智者(须弥陀)。「Dhammaṃ」指彼岸法。「Pubbakaṃ」指古代的。「Jinasevitaṃ」指在菩萨时期已被胜利者们所遵行的。「Buddhabhūmiṃ」指作为佛地的彼岸法。「Tena」指以他那样的思惟为因。「Kampitā」指震动。「Sadevake」指含天神的世间。显示巴利原文
Upaddutoti upahato. Taṃ vinodehīti taṃ upaddutabhayaṃ vinodehi, vināsayāti attho. Cakkhumāti pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhuma. Tesaṃ tadāti te jane tadā, upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ. Saññāpesīti ñāpesi bodhesi. Visatthāti vissatthacittā. Mā bhāthāti mā bhāyatha. Yamahanti yaṃ ahaṃ sumedhapaṇḍitaṃ. Dhammanti pāramidhammaṃ. Pubbakanti porāṇaṃ. Jinasevitanti jinehi bodhisattakāle sevitanti attho. Buddhabhūminti pāramidhammaṃ. Tenāti tena sammasanakāraṇena. Kampitāti calitā. Sadevaketi sadevake loke.
那时,大众听闻如来的话语,欢喜踊跃,手持花、香、涂香等物,从可爱城出,前往菩萨处,以花、香等供养、礼拜、右绕之后,便返回了可爱城。接着,菩萨思惟十种波罗蜜,坚固精进,立下誓愿,从座起身。由此,这样说:显示巴利原文
Tato mahājano tathāgatassa vacanaṃ sutvā haṭṭhatuṭṭho mālāgandhavilepanādīni ādāya rammanagarato nikkhamitvā bodhisattaṃ upasaṅkamitvā mālāgandhādīhi pūjetvā vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā rammanagarameva pāvisi. Atha kho bodhisatto dasa pāramiyo sammasitvā vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāya nisinnāsanā vuṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
听闻佛陀的话语后,我的心顿时清凉下来;
所有人都来到我面前,再次向我顶礼。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Buddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā, mano nibbāyi tāvade; Sabbe maṃ upasaṅkamma, punāpi maṃ abhivandisuṃ.
我受持佛功德,令心坚固;
礼敬燃灯佛已,我从座起身。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Samādiyitvā buddhaguṇaṃ, daḷhaṃ katvāna mānasaṃ; Dīpaṅkaraṃ namassitvā, āsanā vuṭṭhahiṃ tadā’’ti.
在此,「心意清凉」意为:大众因大地震动而心生恐慌,在听闻原因之后,心便清凉下来,获得平静。这是此词的含义。「众人清凉」是另一读法,意思明了。「正确地接受」(samādiyitvā)意为正确接受,即受持。「佛的功德」(buddhaguṇa)指波罗蜜。其余部分文义清晰。显示巴利原文
Tattha mano nibbāyīti mahājanassa pathavikampane ubbiggahadayassa tattha kāraṇaṃ sutvā mano nibbāyi, santiṃ agamāsīti attho. ‘‘Jano nibbāyī’’tipi pāṭho, so uttānoyeva. Samādiyitvāti sammā ādiyitvā, samādāyāti attho. Buddhaguṇanti pāramiyo. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
那时,怜爱一切众生的菩萨从座起身。整个一万世界的诸天都聚集而来,以天界的花、香等作供养,说道:“贤善慧苦行者!今日您于燃灯佛、十力者的足下立下大愿。愿此誓愿无碍成就,愿您无有恐惧与惊悚,愿您的身体不生病患,愿您迅速圆满诸波罗蜜,证悟正等正觉。犹如应时开花的树、应时结果的树,按时开花结果一般,您也莫错失彼时,迅速触证菩提。”如是等,说诸吉祥赞颂。说了之后,他们向菩萨顶礼,便各自返回天界住处。菩萨被诸天如此赞颂后,心想:‘我当圆满十波罗蜜,于四阿僧祇又十万劫之后成就佛果。’于是坚固精进,下定决心,跃入空中,前往群仙所居的雪山。因此说:显示巴利原文
Atha kho bodhisattaṃ dayitasabbasattaṃ āsanā vuṭṭhahantaṃ sakaladasasahassacakkavāḷadevatā sannipatitvā dibbehi mālāgandhādīhi pūjetvā – ‘‘ayya sumedhatāpasa, tayā ajja dīpaṅkaradasabalassa pādamūle mahati patthanā patthitā, sā te anantarāyena samijjhatu, mā te tattha bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā ahosi. Sarīre te appamattakopi rogo mā uppajjatu, khippaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā sammāsambodhiṃ paṭivijjha. Yathā pupphūpagaphalūpagā rukkhā samaye pupphanti ceva phalanti ca, tatheva tvampi taṃ samayaṃ anatikkamitvā khippaṃ sambodhiṃ phusassū’’tiādīni thutimaṅgalāni payirudāhaṃsu, evaṃ payirudāhitvā bodhisattaṃ abhivādetvā attano attano devaṭṭhānameva agamaṃsu. Bodhisattopi devatāhi abhitthuto – ‘‘ahaṃ dasa pāramiyo pūretvā kappasatasahassādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake buddho bhavissāmī’’ti vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāya ākāsamabbhuggantvā isigaṇavantaṃ himavantaṃ agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
天界与人间的花朵,天神与人二者,
他们撒下花朵,向从座起身的菩萨。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dibbaṃ mānusakaṃ pupphaṃ, devā mānusakā ubho; Samokiranti pupphehi, vuṭṭhahantassa āsanā.
天与人二者,都这样宣说吉祥祝愿:
你心怀的大愿,愿你如愿以偿。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vedayanti ca te sotthiṃ, devā mānusakā ubho; Mahantaṃ patthitaṃ tuyhaṃ, taṃ labhassu yathicchitaṃ.
‘‘Sabbītiyo vivajjantu, soko rogo vinassatu; Mā te bhavantvantarāyā, phusa khippaṃ bodhimuttamaṃ.
‘‘Yathāpi samaye patte, pupphanti pupphino dumā; Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, buddhañāṇehi pupphasu.
‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, pūrayuṃ dasapāramī; Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, pūraya dasapāramī.
犹如一切正自觉者,于菩提座上证悟;
同样地,大雄,愿你也在胜者的菩提座上觉悟。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, bodhimaṇḍamhi bujjhare; Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, bujjhassu jinabodhiyaṃ.
犹如一切正自觉者,已转法轮;
同样地,大雄,请您转动法轮。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayuṃ; Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, dhammacakkaṃ pavattaya.
犹如满月,清净朗照;
心意圆满的您,亦复如是,照耀一万世界。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Puṇṇamāye yathā cando, parisuddho virocati; Tatheva tvaṃ puṇṇamano, viroca dasasahassiyaṃ.
如同从罗睺口中解脱的太阳,因光辉而格外明亮;
同样地,您从世间解脱之后,亦以荣光闪耀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rāhumutto yathā sūriyo, tāpena atirocati; Tatheva lokā muccitvā, viroca siriyā tuvaṃ.
正如一切河流汇归大海,
同样地,愿诸天世间也都来归向您的座前。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā yā kāci nadiyo, osaranti mahodadhiṃ; Evaṃ sadevakā lokā, osarantu tavantike.
他受到他们的赞叹与称颂,受持了十种法;
圆满这些法后,他进入了森林。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tehi thutappasattho so, dasa dhamme samādiya; Te dhamme paripūrento, pavanaṃ pāvisī tadā’’ti.
这里,「dibba」指天人们取来曼陀罗花、巴利恰答咖花、散陀那咖花、库瑟萨亚等天界之花,而人类则取来人间之花。「Samokirantī」意思是‘他们从上方洒向我’。「Vuṭṭhahantassa」指‘正在起身的人’。「Vedayantī」意思是‘他们告知,使之知晓’。「Sotthi」指‘吉祥’。接下来,为了说明告知的内容,说了‘你所希求的大目标’等。然而,须弥陀智者,你所希求的是大位,愿你如愿获得它。显示巴利原文
Tattha dibbanti mandāravapāricchattakasantānakusesayādikaṃ dibbakusumaṃ devā mānusakā ca mānusapupphaṃ gahetvāti attho. Samokirantīti mamopari samokiriṃsūti attho. Vuṭṭhahantassāti vuṭṭhahato. Vedayantīti nivedayiṃsu saññāpesuṃ. Sotthinti sotthibhāvaṃ. Idāni vedayitākāradassanatthaṃ ‘‘mahantaṃ patthitaṃ tuyha’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tayā pana, sumedhapaṇḍita, mahantaṃ ṭhānaṃ patthitaṃ, taṃ yathāpatthitaṃ labhassūti attho.
「Sabbītiyo」:其中「ītiyo」指灾祸,所有的灾祸合称为「sabbītiyo」,即种种厄难。「Vivajjantu」:愿它们消失。「Soko rogo vinassatu」:愿称为‘忧愁’的「soka」与称为‘疾病’的「roga」悉皆灭尽。「Te」:你的。「Mā bhavantvantarāyā」:愿障碍不再存在。「Phusa」:证得、实现。「Bodhiṃ」:指阿拉汉道智,也可指一切知智。「Uttamaṃ」:最上,因能赐予一切佛陀功德,故阿拉汉道智被称为「uttama」。显示巴利原文
Sabbītiyoti entīti ītiyo, sabbā ītiyo sabbītiyo, upaddavā. Vivajjantūti mā hontu. Soko rogo vinassatūti socanasaṅkhāto soko rujanasaṅkhāto rogo ca vinassatu. Teti tava. Mā bhavantvantarāyāti mā bhavantu antarāyā. Phusāti adhigaccha pāpuṇāhi. Bodhinti arahattamaggañāṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇampi vaṭṭati. Uttamanti seṭṭhaṃ sabbabuddhaguṇadāyakattā arahattamaggañāṇaṃ ‘‘uttama’’nti vuttaṃ.
「Samaye」:指在那些树开花之时到来,这是它的意思。「Pupphino」:正在开花的树。「Buddhañāṇehi」:以十八种佛陀智。「Pupphasū」:指花。「Pūrayuṃ」:他们使之充满。「Pūrayā」:请你遍满吧。「Bujjhare」:他们觉醒了。「Jinabodhiyaṃ」:指胜利者诸佛的菩提树下,意即在一切知菩提树下。「Puṇṇamāye」:在满月之日。「Puṇṇamanī」:指愿望圆满实现的人。显示巴利原文
Samayeti tassa tassa rukkhassa pupphanasamaye sampatteti attho. Pupphinoti pupphanakā. Buddhañāṇehīti aṭṭhārasahi buddhañāṇehi. Pupphasūti pupphassu. Pūrayunti pūrayiṃsu. Pūrayāti paripūraya. Bujjhareti bujjhiṃsu. Jinabodhiyanti jinānaṃ buddhānaṃ bodhiyā, sabbaññubodhimūleti attho. Puṇṇamāyeti puṇṇamāsiyaṃ. Puṇṇamanoti paripuṇṇamanoratho.
「Rāhumutto」:从罗睺之口解脱。「Tāpena」:以光辉,以光明。「Lokā muccitvā」:从世间法中解脱,意思是不被世间法所沾染。「Virocā」:光辉照耀。「Siriyā」:以佛陀的荣光。「Osaranti」:流入大海。「Osarantu」:愿他们到达。「Tavantike」:你的近旁。「Tehi」:被那些天神。「Thutappasattho」:指被称颂与被赞叹,或者被燃灯佛等值得称赞者所赞叹,因此称为「thutappasattho」。「Dasa dhamme」:十种波罗蜜法。「Pavanaṃ」:指大林,意即进入了法山的大林。其余偈颂意义明显。显示巴利原文
Rāhumuttoti rāhunā sobbhānunā mutto. Tāpenāti patāpena, ālokena. Lokā muccitvāti lokadhammehi alitto hutvāti attho. Virocāti virāja. Siriyāti buddhasiriyā. Osarantīti mahāsamuddaṃ pavisanti. Osarantūti upagacchantu. Tavantiketi tava santikaṃ. Tehīti devehi. Thutappasatthoti thuto ceva pasattho ca, thutehi vā dīpaṅkarādīhi pasatthoti thutappasattho. Dasa dhammeti dasa pāramidhamme. Pavananti mahāvanaṃ, dhammikapabbate mahāvanaṃ pāvisīti attho. Sesagāthā suuttānā evāti.